AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 17, 2002

                                                 REGISTRATION NO. 333-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                             ---------------------

                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             ---------------------
                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



               INDIANA                                    3312                                       35-1929476
                                                                              
   (State or other jurisdiction of            (Primary Standard Industrial                        (I.R.S. Employer
   incorporation or organization)              Classification Code Number)                       Identification No.)


                             ---------------------
                           6714 POINTE INVERNESS WAY
                                   SUITE 200
                              FORT WAYNE, IN 46804
                            TELEPHONE: 260-459-3553
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)
                             ---------------------
                               MR. KEITH E. BUSSE
                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                           6714 POINTE INVERNESS WAY
                                   SUITE 200
                              FORT WAYNE, IN 46804
                            TELEPHONE: 260-459-3553
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                             ---------------------
                                   COPIES TO:


                                                    
               ROBERT S. WALTERS, ESQ.                               ANDREW R. SCHLEIDER, ESQ.
                BARRETT & MCNAGNY LLP                                   SHEARMAN & STERLING
                215 EAST BERRY STREET                                   599 LEXINGTON AVENUE
                 FORT WAYNE, IN 46802                                 NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
              TELEPHONE: (260) 423-9551                              TELEPHONE: (212) 848-4000
                 FAX: (260) 423-8920                                    FAX: (212) 848-7179


                             ---------------------
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF THE PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As
soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box: [ ]

    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
                             ---------------------

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE



---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            TITLE OF SECURITIES                          PROPOSED MAXIMUM
             TO BE REGISTERED                      AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE(1)                 AMOUNT OF REGISTRATION FEE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.....                $175,000,000                                 $16,100
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
                             ---------------------
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


THE INFORMATION IN THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE
CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND WE ARE NOT SOLICITING
OFFERS TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS
NOT PERMITTED.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 17, 2002
PROSPECTUS

                                             SHARES

                          [STEEL DYNAMICS, INC. LOGO]

                                  COMMON STOCK

                             ---------------------

Steel Dynamics is offering          shares of its common stock and the selling
stockholders are offering           shares.

Our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"STLD." On June 13, 2002, the reported last sale price of our common stock on
the Nasdaq National Market was $17.19 per share.

INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS.   SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON
PAGE 7.

                             ---------------------



                                                           UNDERWRITING                          PROCEEDS TO
                                          PRICE TO        DISCOUNTS AND       PROCEEDS TO          SELLING
                                           PUBLIC          COMMISSIONS       STEEL DYNAMICS      STOCKHOLDERS
                                      ----------------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                                                                   
Per Share...........................        $                 $                  $                  $
Total...............................  $                  $                  $                  $


We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to
purchase up to an additional           shares to cover over-allotments.

THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND STATE SECURITIES REGULATORS HAVE NOT
APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES, OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS
TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on           , 2002.

                             ---------------------

MORGAN STANLEY                                                          JPMORGAN

          , 2002


                                    [STEEL DYNAMICS LOGO]

[PICTURE OF BUTLER MINI-MILL]

                       [PICTURE OF BUTLER MINI-MILL CONTINUOUS CASTER]

[PICTURE OF BUTLER MINI-MILL HOT ROLLING MILL]

[PICTURE OF HOT STEEL FROM CONTINUOUS CASTER]

                [PICTURE OF COLUMBIA CITY STRUCTURAL STEEL AND RAIL MINI-MILL]


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                        PAGE
                                        ----
                                     
Summary...............................    1
Risk Factors..........................    7
Forward Looking Information...........   15
Market Data...........................   16
Use of Proceeds.......................   17
Price Range of Common Stock and
  Dividend Policy.....................   18
Capitalization........................   19
Selected Financial and Operating
  Data................................   20
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................   22
Industry Overview.....................   32
Business..............................   39
Management............................   55




                                        PAGE
                                        ----
                                     
Related Party Transactions............   58
Principal and Selling Stockholders....   60
Description of Certain Indebtedness...   62
Description of Capital Stock..........   64
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......   66
United States Federal Tax
  Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders
  of Our Common Stock.................   68
Underwriters..........................   71
Legal Matters.........................   73
Experts...............................   73
Where You Can Find Additional
  Information.........................   73
Information We Incorporate by
  Reference...........................   73
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements..........................  F-1


                            ------------------------

     You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by
reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
information different from that contained or incorporated by reference in this
prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common
stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The
information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus is
accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of
delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock.

     Unless otherwise indicated or as the context otherwise requires, references
in this prospectus to "Steel Dynamics," "we," "our," "ours," and "us" refer to
Steel Dynamics, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

                                        i


                                    SUMMARY

     This summary highlights important information about our business and this
offering. It does not include all the information that may be important to you
in making a decision to invest in our common stock. For a more complete
understanding of our business and the offering, you should read this entire
prospectus, including the section entitled "Risk Factors," our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes and the other information included or
incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

                                 STEEL DYNAMICS

OVERVIEW

     We are one of the most profitable mini-mill steel producers in the United
States in terms of operating profit per ton. We primarily own and operate a
state-of-the-art, low-cost flat-rolled mini-mill located in Butler, Indiana. Our
Butler mini-mill began commercial production in January 1996 and was constructed
in only 14 months, representing what we believe is the shortest construction
period ever for a facility of this kind. The mini-mill currently has an annual
production capacity of 2.2 million tons. The total capital cost of our Butler
mini-mill was $630 million, which we believe is significantly less than the cost
of comparable mini-mills currently operating. Our Butler mini-mill produces a
broad range of high quality hot-rolled, cold-rolled and coated steel products,
including a large variety of high value-added and high margin specialty products
such as thinner gauge rolled products and galvanized products. We sell our
products directly to end-users, intermediate steel processors and service
centers primarily in the Midwestern United States. Our products are used in
numerous industry sectors, including the automotive, construction and commercial
industries.

     In May 2002, we announced plans to construct a low-cost, coil coating
facility at our Butler mini-mill that will further increase our range of
value-added capabilities. Subject to our receipt of applicable permits, we
anticipate starting construction of the facility within the next several months
and expect to commence coating operations in the middle of 2003. The coating
facility is currently expected to have an annual production capacity of 240,000
tons and is estimated to cost $25-$30 million.

     In May 2001, we began construction of a new state-of-the-art structural
steel and rail mini-mill in Columbia City, Indiana. Our Columbia City mini-mill
is designed to have an annual production capacity of 1.3 million tons and
produce structural steel and rails at a higher quality and lower cost than
comparable mini-mills. We expect to spend approximately $315 million to
construct this mini-mill, of which $276 million has been spent as of May 31,
2002. We believe that the initial capital construction costs of our Columbia
City mini-mill will be among the lowest in the industry for such a facility. We
expect to commence commercial structural steel operations in July 2002, ramp up
these operations through regular product introductions and be fully operational
by the end of 2002. In addition, we expect to commence commercial production of
rails during the first quarter of 2003. We constructed our structural steel
facility in 12 months, which we believe is the shortest construction period ever
for a facility of this kind. Our structural steel operation is designed to
produce steel products for the construction, transportation and industrial
machinery markets. Our rail manufacturing operation is designed to produce a
variety of rail products for the railroad industry.

     Through our joint venture, New Millennium Building Systems, LLC, we also
produce and sell a broad range of steel joists, girders and trusses, as well as
roof and floor decking materials for use in the construction of commercial,
industrial and institutional buildings. New Millennium is seeking to position
itself to be the premier, low-cost producer of these products.

     During the first half of 2002, domestic flat-rolled steel prices increased
dramatically from historical cyclical lows in 2001. This increase has resulted
from a number of factors, including (1) a reduction in domestic steel production
capacity as a result of past bankruptcies and shutdowns of other U.S. steel
producers, (2) a reduction in imports, driven in part by recent favorable
rulings with respect to tariffs and quotas on foreign steel and (3) a
strengthening of the overall U.S. economy and the need for end-users of steel
products to replenish their depleted inventories. As a result of our efficient,
low-cost operations, we believe that we were one of the few U.S. steel producers
to maintain profitability in 2001, and we have already benefited from the
improvements in the domestic flat-rolled steel market in 2002.

                                        1


COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

     ONE OF LOWEST COST PRODUCERS IN THE UNITED STATES; STATE-OF-THE-ART
FACILITIES

     We believe that our facilities are among the lowest-cost steel
manufacturing facilities in the United States. Operating profit per ton at our
facilities was $65, $23 and $34 in 2000 and 2001 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2002, respectively, which we believe compares favorably with our
competitors. Our low operating costs are primarily a result of our efficient
plant designs and operations, our high productivity rate of between 0.3 to 0.4
man hours per ton at our Butler mini-mill (which is significantly lower than the
rate for integrated steel producers, which we believe is approximately 3.0 man
hours per ton), low ongoing maintenance cost requirements and strategic
locations near supplies of our primary raw material, scrap steel.

     WELL-POSITIONED TO BENEFIT FROM IMPROVING STEEL MARKET CONDITIONS

     Domestic spot prices for hot-rolled, cold-rolled, and coated sheet have
increased from recent lows of $210/ton, $300/ton and $320/ton, respectively, in
December 2001 to $320/ton, $410/ton and $425/ton, respectively, in May 2002.
Approximately 80% of our flat-rolled products are sold on the spot market under
contracts with terms of twelve months or less and, therefore, our results of
operations are positively impacted by increases in domestic flat-rolled steel
prices. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the recent
increases in flat-rolled prices. Our capacity utilization rate year-to-date has
been in excess of 100% of our stated capacity.

     EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM AND UNIQUE CORPORATE CULTURE

     Our senior management team is highly experienced and has a proven track
record in the steel industry, including pioneering the development of thin-slab
flat-rolled technology. Their objectives are closely aligned with our
stockholders through meaningful stock ownership positions and incentive
compensation programs. Our corporate culture is also unique for the steel
industry. We emphasize decentralized decision-making and have established
incentive compensation programs specifically designed to reward employee teams
for their efforts towards enhancing productivity, improving profitability and
controlling costs.

     DIVERSIFIED PRODUCT MIX

     Our products include hot-rolled and cold-rolled steel products, galvanized
sheet products, light gauge steel products, joists and deck materials. This
diversified mix of products allows us to access a broad range of end-user
markets, serve a broad customer base and mitigate our exposure to cyclical
downturns in any one product or end-user market. We will further diversify our
product mix once we commence production of structural steel and rails at our
Columbia City mini-mill.

     STRATEGIC GEOGRAPHIC LOCATIONS

     The strategic locations of our facilities near sources of scrap materials
and our customer base allow us to realize significant pricing advantages due to
freight savings for inbound scrap as well as for outbound steel products
destined for our customers. Our mini-mills are located in the Upper Midwest, a
region which we believe accounts for a majority of the total scrap produced in
the United States. Our Butler mini-mill is located within 300 miles of our major
flat-rolled steel customers.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     Our objective is to use state-of-the-art technologies to produce a broad
range of high-quality steel products at a low cost. Key elements of our strategy
are:

     EXPAND PRODUCT OFFERINGS

     The completion of our Columbia City mini-mill and our production of
structural steel and rails will be an important step in pursuing our strategy of
product line expansion. This mini-mill is strategically located to serve the
Upper Midwest, Northeast and Canadian markets, which we believe are attractive
and under-served markets. Our strategy to expand our flat-rolled steel product
offerings is to focus on the production of high value-added thinner gauge
products and galvanized products. The margins on high value-added products
typically exceed those of the commodity grade and the number of producers that
make them is more limited.

                                        2


We will continue to seek additional opportunities to further expand our range of
high value-added products through the expansion of existing facilities,
greenfield projects and acquisitions of other steel manufacturers or steelmaking
assets that may become available through the continuing consolidation of the
domestic steel industry.

     ENTER NEW GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS

     We may seek to enter new steel markets in strategic geographic locations
such as the Southeastern or Western United States that offer attractive growth
opportunities. Due to the recent restructuring of the domestic steel industry,
we believe there are attractive opportunities to grow our business
geographically either through acquisitions of existing assets or through
strategic partnerships and alliances. We may also consider growth opportunities
through greenfield projects, such as our Columbia City mini-mill project.

     CONTINUE TO MAINTAIN LOW PRODUCTION COSTS

     We are focused on continuing to maintain one of the lowest operating cost
structures in the North American steel industry based upon operating cost per
ton. We will continue to optimize the use of our equipment, enhance our
productivity and explore new technologies to further improve our unit cost of
production at each of our facilities.

     FOSTER ENTREPRENEURIAL CULTURE

     We intend to continue to foster our entrepreneurial corporate culture and
emphasize decentralized decision-making while rewarding teamwork, innovation and
operating efficiency. We will also continue to focus on maintaining the
effectiveness of our incentive bonus-based plans that are designed to enhance
overall productivity and align the interests of our management and employees
with our stockholders.

     MAINTAIN STRONG FINANCIAL POSITION AND FINANCIAL FLEXIBILITY

     We are committed to maintaining a strong capital structure. The refinancing
of our bank facilities in March 2002 was an important step, as it provided us
with greater financial flexibility. As a result of improved domestic flat-rolled
prices, we also believe it will be possible to achieve stronger cash flows than
in the recent past. In addition, we estimate that as of May 31, 2002 our capital
expenditures for the remainder of 2002 will be $55 million, as our Columbia City
mini-mill project is largely complete. As of March 31, 2002, we had $32 million
of cash and an undrawn $75 million revolving credit facility.
                            ------------------------

     Steel Dynamics, Inc. was incorporated in Indiana in August 1993. Our
principal executive offices are located at 6714 Pointe Inverness Way, Suite 200,
Fort Wayne, Indiana 46804 and our telephone number is (260) 459-3553.

                                        3


                                  THE OFFERING


                                         
Common stock offered by us................           shares
Common stock offered by the selling
  stockholders............................           shares

  Total common stock offered..............           shares

Common stock to be outstanding after the
  offering................................           shares

Use of proceeds...........................  We estimate we will receive net proceeds from this
                                            offering of approximately $      million. We intend to
                                            use the net proceeds from this offering for general
                                            corporate purposes, including capital expenditures,
                                            repayment of indebtedness, working capital and potential
                                            acquisitions. We will not receive any proceeds from the
                                            sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

Nasdaq National Market symbol.............  "STLD"


                            ------------------------

     Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus
does not take into account the sale of up to        shares of common stock which
the underwriters have the option to purchase from us and the selling
stockholders to cover over-allotments.

     The number of shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on
47,382,905 shares outstanding as of May 31, 2002 and does not include 2,491,769
shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted
average exercise price of $13.35 per share.

                                        4


                      SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     The following table sets forth summary consolidated financial and operating
data of Steel Dynamics. The summary consolidated financial and operating data as
of and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2001
were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The summary
consolidated financial and operating data as of and for the three months ended
March 31, 2001 and 2002 were derived from our unaudited consolidated financial
statements. These unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in our
opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary
to present fairly the data for such periods. Operating results for interim
periods are not necessarily indicative of a full year's operations. You should
read the following data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.

     You should also read the following information in conjunction with the data
in the table on the following page:

     - Our first quarter 2002 extraordinary loss of $2.0 million (net of tax
       benefit of $1.2 million) consisted of prepayment penalties and the
       write-off of capitalized financing costs associated with the refinancing
       of our credit facilities, effective March 26, 2002.

     - "EBITDA" represents income before extraordinary items, income taxes,
       interest expense (net of interest income), depreciation and amortization.
       EBITDA is not a measure of operating income, operating performance or
       liquidity under generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We
       have presented EBITDA because certain investors may find it to be a
       useful tool for analyzing and comparing operating performance and for
       determining a company's ability to service and/or incur debt.
       Nevertheless, EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a
       substitute for operating income (as determined in accordance with GAAP)
       as an indicator of our operating performance, or cash flow from operating
       activities (as determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of our
       liquidity. In addition, companies calculate EBITDA differently and,
       therefore, EBITDA as presented by us may not be comparable to EBITDA
       reported by other companies.

     - "Operating profit per net ton shipped" represents operating income before
       start-up costs divided by net ton shipments. Beginning July 1, 2000, net
       shipments included shipments from our steel fabrication subsidiary, New
       Millennium. Beginning March 1, 2001, net shipments also included
       shipments from our secondary-steel brokering subsidiary, Paragon Steel.

     - "Hot band production" refers to our flat-rolled mini-mill's total
       production of finished coiled product. "Prime tons" refer to hot bands
       produced, which meet or exceed quality standards for surface, shape and
       metallurgical properties.

     - "Yield percentage" refers to our flat-rolled mini-mill's tons of finished
       product divided by tons of raw materials.

     - "Effective capacity utilization" is the flat-rolled mini-mill's ratio of
       tons produced for the operational month to the operational month's
       capacity. We used an annual capacity of 2.2 million tons.

                                        5




                                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,
                                               ------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                                  1999         2000         2001         2001         2002
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND PER NET TON DATA)
                                                                                    
OPERATING DATA:
Net sales....................................  $  618,821   $  692,623   $  606,984   $  154,086   $  166,903
Cost of goods sold...........................     487,629      533,914      522,927      128,523      139,529
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Gross profit...............................     131,192      158,709       84,057       25,563       27,374
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses...................................      42,441       53,306       58,132       13,802       13,088
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Income from operations.....................      88,751      105,403       25,925       11,761       14,286
Interest expense.............................      22,178       20,199       18,480        4,839        4,265
Other (income) expense.......................       1,294          719        2,333         (204)       4,153
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Income before income taxes and
     extraordinary loss......................      65,279       84,485        5,112        7,126        5,868
Income tax expense...........................      25,849       30,690        1,968        2,743        2,200
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Income before extraordinary loss.............      39,430       53,795        3,144        4,383        3,668
Extraordinary loss, net of tax...............          --           --           --           --        2,028
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Net income.................................  $   39,430   $   53,795   $    3,144   $    4,383   $    1,640
                                               ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
Basic earnings per share.....................  $      .82   $     1.15   $      .07   $      .10   $      .04
                                               ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
Weighted average common shares outstanding...      47,914       46,822       45,655       45,511       46,045
                                               ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
Diluted earnings per share...................  $      .82   $     1.15   $      .07   $      .10   $      .04
                                               ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
Weighted average common shares and share
  equivalents outstanding....................      48,153       46,974       45,853       45,710       46,348
                                               ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA.......................................  $  125,804   $  149,348   $   71,269   $   23,160   $   23,690
Operating profit per net ton shipped.........          58           65           23           36           34
Capital expenditures.........................     126,673      110,379       90,714       10,353       33,759
Cash provided (used) by:
  Operating activities.......................     114,779      102,792       67,373       17,964       32,489
  Investing activities.......................    (126,299)    (109,399)     (90,710)     (10,353)     (33,759)
  Financing activities.......................      22,892          176       91,394      (12,275)     (44,652)
OTHER DATA:
Shipments (net tons).........................   1,869,714    1,919,368    1,963,602      482,431      561,948
Hot band production (net tons)...............   1,938,234    2,031,025    2,015,991      503,010      579,837
Prime ton percentage -- hot band.............        94.2%        93.9%        95.9%        96.5%        94.0%
Yield percentage -- hot band.................        87.8         87.7         87.5         87.7         88.5
Effective capacity utilization -- hot band...        88.1         92.3         91.6         91.5        105.4
Man-hours per hot band net ton produced......         .41          .37          .37          .38          .32
Number of employees..........................         650          651          676          646          725
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
Cash and cash equivalents....................  $   16,615   $   10,184   $   78,241   $    5,520   $   32,319
Working capital..............................     155,226      165,915      194,093      164,298      167,556
Total assets.................................     991,556    1,067,074    1,180,098    1,065,032    1,155,574
Long-term debt (including current
  maturities)................................     505,963      532,520      599,924      519,903      545,671
Stockholders' equity.........................     391,370      418,784      418,575      419,538      443,925


                                        6


                                  RISK FACTORS

     In addition to the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus or
incorporated by reference, the following risk factors should be carefully
considered by each prospective investor in evaluating an investment in our
common stock.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

     IN RECENT YEARS, IMPORTS OF STEEL INTO THE UNITED STATES HAVE ADVERSELY
AFFECTED, AND MAY AGAIN ADVERSELY AFFECT, U.S. STEEL PRICES, WHICH WOULD
ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR MARGINS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     U.S. steel producers compete with many foreign producers. Competition from
foreign producers is typically strong, but it has greatly increased as a result
of an excess of foreign steelmaking capacity and a weakening of certain foreign
economies, particularly in Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America. The economic
difficulties in these countries have resulted in lower local demand for steel
products and have tended to encourage greater steel exports to the United States
at depressed prices. To the extent that these conditions continue, there could
be downward pressure on U.S. steel prices from imports that will have an adverse
effect upon our margins and results of operations.

     In addition, we believe the downward pressure on, and depressed levels of,
U.S. steel prices in recent years have been further exacerbated by imports of
steel involving dumping and subsidy abuses by foreign steel producers. Some
foreign steel producers are owned, controlled or subsidized by foreign
governments. As a result, decisions by these producers with respect to their
production, sales and pricing are often influenced to a greater degree by
political and economic policy considerations than by prevailing market
conditions, realities of the marketplace or consideration of profit or loss. For
example, between 1998 and 2001, when imports of hot-rolled and cold-rolled
products increased dramatically, domestic steel producers, including us, were
adversely affected by unfairly priced or "dumped" imported steel. Even though
various protective actions taken by the U.S. government during 2001, including
the enactment of various steel import quotas and tariffs, have resulted in an
abatement of some steel imports during 2002, these protective measures are only
temporary. When these measures expire or if they are relaxed, or if increasingly
higher U.S. steel prices enable foreign steelmakers to export their steel
products into the United States even with the presence of tariffs, the
resurgence of substantial imports of foreign steel could again create downward
pressure on U.S. steel prices. We refer you to "Industry Overview" for
additional information.

     INTENSE COMPETITION AND EXCESS GLOBAL CAPACITY IN THE STEEL INDUSTRY MAY
CONTINUE TO EXERT DOWNWARD PRESSURE ON OUR PRICING

     Competition within the steel industry, both domestically and worldwide, is
intense and it is expected to remain so. We compete primarily on the basis of
(1) price, (2) quality and (3) the ability to meet our customers' product needs
and delivery schedules. Our primary competitors are other mini-mills, which may
have cost structures and management cultures more similar to ours than
integrated mills. We also compete with many integrated producers of hot-rolled,
cold-rolled and coated products, many of which are larger and have substantially
greater capital resources. The highly competitive nature of the industry, in
part, exerts downward pressure on prices for some of our products. Further, over
the past few years, approximately 30 domestic steel producers have entered
bankruptcy proceedings. In some cases, these previously marginal producers have
been able to emerge from bankruptcy reorganization with lower and more
competitive cost structures. In other cases, steelmaking assets have been sold
through bankruptcy proceedings to other steelmakers or to new companies, at
greatly depressed prices. The reemergence of these producers or their successors
may further increase the competitive environment in the steel industry and
contribute to price declines. In the case of certain product applications, steel
competes with other materials, including plastic, aluminum, graphite composites,
ceramics, glass, wood and concrete. We cannot assure you that we will be able to
compete effectively in the future.

     The U.S. steel industry also continues to be adversely impacted by excess
global steel manufacturing capacity. Over the last decade, the construction of
new mini-mills, expansion and improved production efficiencies of some
integrated mills and substantial expansion of foreign steel capacity have all
led to the

                                        7


excess of manufacturing capacity. Increasingly, this overcapacity, combined with
the high levels of steel imports into the United States, has exerted downward
pressure on domestic steel prices, including the prices of our products, and has
resulted in, at times, a dramatic narrowing, or with many companies the
elimination, of gross margins. This global overcapacity in steel manufacturing
and its negative impact on steel pricing are likely to continue to persist and
could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. We refer you
to "Industry Overview" for additional information.

     THE POSITIVE EFFECTS OF PRESIDENT BUSH'S MARCH 5, 2002 ORDER IMPOSING
CERTAIN ADDITIONAL TARIFFS ON IMPORTED STEEL MAY BE LESSENED IF THERE ARE
SUCCESSFUL APPEALS TO THE WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION BY THE EXPORTING COUNTRIES
AFFECTED BY THIS ACTION OR IF DOMESTIC OR INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL PRESSURE
RESULTS IN A RELAXATION OF, OR SUBSTANTIAL EXEMPTIONS FROM, THESE TARIFFS

     On June 22, 2001, the Bush Administration requested that the International
Trade Commission, or ITC, initiate an investigation under Section 201 of the
Trade Act of 1974 to determine whether steel is being imported into the United
States in such quantities as to be a substantial cause of serious injury to the
U.S. steel industry. In October 2001, the ITC found "serious injury" due to
imports of steel products, including the products we manufacture, and in
December 2001, the ITC recommended that the President impose tariffs of
approximately 20%-40%, as well as tariff quotas in connection with certain
products such as steel slabs. On March 5, 2002, President Bush, among other
actions, imposed a three year tariff of 30% for the first year, 24% for the
second year and 18% for the third year on imports of hot-rolled, cold-rolled and
coated sheet, as well as on imports of steel slabs in excess of a specified
annual quota.

     Imports of flat-rolled steel have declined, in part, due to the imposition
of dumping duties that have been imposed on certain imports of foreign steel,
and, in part, due to the imposition of significant tariffs as a result of this
Section 201 action. These events have, in part, allowed us to begin restoring
prices on flat-rolled products. While the President's decision to implement a
Section 201 remedy is not appealable to U.S. courts, foreign governments may
appeal, and some have appealed, to the World Trade Organization, or WTO. The
European Union, Japan and other countries are currently prosecuting such
appeals. These dispute settlement proceedings at the WTO and further appeals to
the Appellate Body of the WTO generally take 15-24 months. Moreover, a number of
affected countries have imposed or threatened to impose various retaliatory
tariffs on U.S. steel or other products or have sought various product
exemptions from the imposition of the tariffs. Accordingly, there is a risk that
rulings adverse to the United States or substantial political pressures could
result in the President changing the remedy, granting substantial exemptions
from the remedy, or terminating the remedy entirely prior to the full three
years, although any such modification would apply only prospectively. If the
appeals to the WTO or these political pressures are successful, and if the
President acts to change or lessen the amount, scope or duration of the Section
201 orders, or to terminate the relief before the expiration of the third year,
it could lead to a resurgence of flat-rolled steel imports, an increase of steel
slab imports and/or an increase in welded pipe and tube imports. Any of these
results would again put downward pressure on U.S. flat-rolled prices which would
have an adverse impact on our results of operations. We refer you to "Industry
Overview -- Section 201 Investigation" for more information.

     OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY THE CYCLICAL
NATURE OF THE STEEL INDUSTRY AND THE INDUSTRIES WE SERVE

     The steel industry is highly cyclical, sensitive to general economic
conditions and dependent on the condition of certain other industries. As a
result, the price of steel and steel products may fluctuate significantly due to
many factors beyond our control. The demand for steel products is generally
affected by macroeconomic fluctuations in the United States and global economies
in which steel companies sell their products. Future economic downturns,
stagnant economies or currency fluctuations in the United States or globally
could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

     In addition, we are also particularly sensitive to trends and events,
including strikes and labor unrest, that may impact the automotive, oil and gas,
gas transmission, construction, commercial equipment, rail transportation,
appliance, agricultural and durable goods industries. These industries are
significant markets for our products and are themselves highly cyclical. A
disruption or downturn in the business of any of these

                                        8


industries could have a material adverse effect upon our production, sales,
financial condition and results of operations.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

     TECHNOLOGY, OPERATING AND START-UP RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR IRON DYNAMICS
SCRAP SUBSTITUTE PROJECT MAY PREVENT US FROM REALIZING THE ANTICIPATED BENEFITS
FROM THIS PROJECT AND COULD RESULT IN A LOSS OF OUR INVESTMENT

     Since 1997, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Iron Dynamics, has tried to
develop and commercialize a pioneering process of producing a virgin form of
iron that might serve as a lower cost substitute for a portion of the metallic
raw material mix that goes into our electric arc furnaces to be melted into new
steel. This scrap substitute project is the first of its kind. It involves
processes that are based on various technical assumptions and new applications
of technologies that have yet to be commercially proven. Since our initial
start-up in August 1999, we have encountered a number of difficulties associated
with major pieces of equipment and with operating processes and systems.
Throughout the latter part of 1999 and 2000, our Iron Dynamics facility was shut
down. During these shut downs, we engaged in time consuming and expensive
redesign, re-engineering, reconstruction and retrofitting of major pieces of
equipment, systems and processes. As a result, the Iron Dynamics project has
taken considerably longer and has required us to expend considerably greater
resources than originally anticipated. While we made significant progress during
these shut downs in correcting various technical and other deficiencies, we have
not yet been successful in achieving the results necessary to bring production
output up and product costs down to the point of being commercially competitive.
In February 2001, we re-started operations at our Iron Dynamics facility.
However, in July 2001, we suspended these operations again, with no specific
date set for resumption of operations. This shut down was a result of:

     (1) higher than expected start-up and process refinement costs;

     (2) exceptionally high energy costs;

     (3) low production quantities achieved at the Iron Dynamics facility; and

     (4) historically low steel scrap pricing.

These factors made the cost of producing and using Iron Dynamics scrap
substitute at our flat-rolled mini-mill higher than our cost of purchasing and
using steel scrap. Furthermore, we believe that, even with additional
development and refinement to the equipment, technology systems and processes,
the Iron Dynamics facility may only be able to achieve monthly output levels
between 75%-85% of our original estimates, resulting in higher unit costs than
originally planned. We currently estimate that these additional developments and
refinements would, if implemented, cost approximately $15 million. However, we
are entitled to a $6 million refund from one of our equipment manufacturers in
connection with these improvements, which we would expect to apply toward this
cost. We are currently evaluating the entire project, its costs and its
potential benefits. We cannot assure you that our Iron Dynamics facility will
become operational again, or if we resume operations that it will be able to
produce an economical scrap substitute product. In addition, if we do decide to
recommence operations, we estimate that it will take at least 18 months before
the facility is commercially operational.

     While we remain optimistic that the remaining start-up difficulties with
the equipment, technology, systems and processes can be resolved, we cannot
assure you that our Iron Dynamics facility will be able to consistently operate
or be able to produce steel scrap substitute material in the quantities that
will enable it to be cost competitive. If we abandon the project or if our Iron
Dynamics process does not succeed, we will suffer the loss of our entire
investment. As of March 31, 2002, our equity investment in the Iron Dynamics
project was $159 million. Moreover, we cannot assure you that, in connection
with any restart of operations, our Iron Dynamics facility will not experience
additional shutdowns or equipment failures or that any such shutdown or failure
will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations. We refer you to "Business -- Iron Dynamics Steel Scrap
Substitute Facility" for additional information.

                                        9


     WE HAVE SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS AND DEBT SERVICE REQUIREMENTS AND THIS MAY
ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR FINANCIAL AND OPERATING FLEXIBILITY

     As of March 31, 2002, we had $546 million of indebtedness. This
indebtedness represented approximately 54% of our total consolidated
capitalization, including current maturities of long-term debt.

     Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to us. For
example, it could:

     - require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from
       operations to payments on our debt, reducing our ability to use these
       funds for other purposes;

     - limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital,
       capital expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes;

     - limit our ability to adjust rapidly to changing market conditions; and

     - increase our vulnerability to downturns in general economic conditions or
       in our business.

     Our ability to satisfy our debt obligations will depend upon our future
operating performance, which in turn will depend upon the successful
implementation of our strategy and upon financial, competitive, regulatory,
technical and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If we are not
able to generate sufficient cash from operations to make payments under our
credit agreements or to meet our other debt service obligations, we will need to
refinance our indebtedness. Our ability to obtain such financing will depend
upon our financial condition at the time, the restrictions in the agreements
governing our indebtedness and other factors, including general market and
economic conditions. If such refinancing were not possible, we could be forced
to dispose of assets at unfavorable prices. Even if we could obtain such
financing, we cannot be sure that it would be on terms that are favorable to us.
In addition, we could default on our debt obligations.

     OUR SENIOR SECURED CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE INDENTURE RELATING TO THE
9 1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2009 CONTAIN RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS THAT MAY LIMIT OUR
FLEXIBILITY

     Restrictions and covenants in our existing debt agreements, as well as our
senior secured credit agreement and the indenture relating to the senior notes,
and any future financing agreements, may adversely affect our ability to finance
future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.
Specifically, these agreements will restrict our ability to:

     - incur additional indebtedness;

     - pay dividends or make distributions with respect to our capital stock;

     - repurchase or redeem capital stock;

     - make investments;

     - create liens and enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

     - make capital expenditures;

     - enter into transactions with affiliates or related persons;

     - issue or sell stock of certain subsidiaries;

     - sell or transfer assets; and

     - participate in certain joint ventures, acquisitions or mergers.

     The senior secured credit agreement also contains financial covenants, such
as a leverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio. A breach of any of the
restrictions or covenants in our debt agreements could cause a default under our
senior secured credit agreement, other debt or the senior notes. A significant
portion of our indebtedness then may become immediately due and payable. We are
not certain whether we would have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to
make these accelerated payments. If any debt is accelerated, our assets may also
not be sufficient to repay in full such indebtedness.

                                        10


     A SUBSTANTIAL PORTION OF OUR FLAT-ROLLED PRODUCTS ARE SOLD ON THE SPOT
MARKET, AND THEREFORE, OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ARE NEGATIVELY IMPACTED BY
DECREASES IN DOMESTIC FLAT-ROLLED STEEL PRICES

     For the three year period ended December 31, 2001, approximately 80% of our
flat-roll products were sold on the spot market under contracts with terms of
twelve months or less. Therefore, our results of operations are negatively
impacted by decreases in domestic flat-rolled steel prices, and as a result, we
are vulnerable to downturns in the domestic flat-rolled steel market.

    WE RELY HEAVILY ON THE AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY TO PURCHASE OUR PRODUCTS

     Demand for a substantial portion of our steel products is affected by,
among other things, the strength or weakness of the automotive industry. The
automotive industry is cyclical and is affected by such things as the level of
consumer spending, the strength or weakness of the U.S. dollar and the impact of
international trade and various factors, such as labor unrest and the
availability of raw materials, which affect the ability of the automotive
industry to actually build cars. While we do not presently sell a material
portion of our steel production directly to the automotive market, a substantial
portion of our sales to the intermediate steel processor and service center
market is resold to various companies in the automotive industry. A prolonged
weakness in the automotive industry would have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if
automobile manufacturers choose to incorporate more plastics, aluminum and other
steel substitutes in their automobiles, it could also have a material adverse
effect on our business.

    WE CANNOT CONTROL THE COST OF SCRAP AND OTHER RAW MATERIALS

     Our principal raw material is scrap metal derived primarily from junked
automobiles, industrial scrap, railroad cars, railroad track materials,
agricultural machinery and demolition scrap from obsolete structures, containers
and machines. The prices for scrap are subject to market forces largely beyond
our control, including demand by U.S. and international steel producers, freight
costs and speculation. The prices for scrap have varied significantly, may vary
significantly in the future and do not necessarily fluctuate in tandem with the
price of steel. In addition, our operations require substantial amounts of other
raw materials, including various types of pig iron, alloys, refractories,
oxygen, natural gas and electricity, the price and availability of which are
also subject to market conditions. We may not be able to adjust our product
prices, especially in the short-term, to recover the costs of increases in scrap
and other raw material prices. Our future profitability may be adversely
affected to the extent we are unable to pass on higher scrap and other raw
material costs to our customers.

    WE HAVE PRIMARILY RELIED UPON ONE SUPPLIER TO MEET OUR STEEL SCRAP
    REQUIREMENTS

     Since our inception, we have had an exclusive contract with OmniSource, one
of the largest scrap processors and brokers in the Midwest, to purchase steel
scrap. For 2001 and the three months ended March 31, 2002, we purchased 1.5
million tons and 310,600 tons of steel scrap and scrap substitutes from
OmniSource, respectively, which represent approximately 87% and 75% of our total
scrap tons purchased during those periods.

     We cannot assure you that we will be able to renew our contract with
OmniSource on terms favorable to us or at all. If we are unable to renew the
contract or it otherwise terminates, we would have to find another supplier for
steel scrap or we would have to develop our own scrap purchasing capability. We
cannot assure you that any substitute arrangements for steel scrap would be on
the same or better terms as our contract with OmniSource, and if they are not,
it could have an adverse effect on the stability or cost of our scrap supply.

    THERE MAY BE POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST WITH REGARD TO OUR RELATIONSHIP
    WITH OMNISOURCE

     The chairman of the board and chief executive officer of OmniSource is also
a member of our board of directors and is a substantial stockholder of Steel
Dynamics. This person has obligations to us as well as to OmniSource and may
have conflicts of interest with respect to matters potentially or actually
involving or affecting us and OmniSource. OmniSource also supplies scrap to many
other customers, including other steel mills. With respect to any dispute
between us and OmniSource involving our existing contract, including its

                                        11


remaining term, involving any future contract, or in connection with the terms
of any commercial transaction, OmniSource may be viewed as having a conflict of
interest between what it perceives as being best for itself as a seller of scrap
and what is best for us as a buyer of scrap. We cannot assure you that we will
be able to resolve any potential conflicts or that, if resolved, we would not be
able to receive a more favorable resolution if we were dealing with someone
other than OmniSource.

     WE RELY UPON A SMALL NUMBER OF MAJOR CUSTOMERS FOR A SUBSTANTIAL PERCENTAGE
OF OUR SALES; THERE MAY BE POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST WITH REGARD TO OUR
RELATIONSHIP WITH HEIDTMAN STEEL PRODUCTS, INC.

     We have substantial business relationships with a few large customers. In
2001 and for the three months ended March 31, 2002, our Butler mini-mill's top
ten customers accounted for approximately 48% and 50% of our total net sales,
respectively. During those periods, our largest customer, Heidtman, accounted
for approximately 18% and 17% of our total net sales.

     We expect to continue to depend upon a small number of customers for a
significant percentage of our total net sales, and cannot assure you that any of
them will continue to purchase steel from us. A loss of any such customer or
group of customers could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

     Heidtman is an affiliate of one of our large stockholders and its president
and chief executive officer serves as one of our directors. This person has
obligations to us as well as to Heidtman and may have conflicts of interest with
respect to matters potentially or actually involving or affecting us and
Heidtman. If a dispute arises, Heidtman may be viewed as having a conflict of
interest between what it perceives to be best for them as a buyer and what is
best for us as the product seller. We cannot assure you that we will be able to
resolve any potential conflicts or that, if resolved, we would not be able to
receive a more favorable resolution if we were dealing with someone other than
Heidtman.

     START-UP AND OPERATING RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF OUR
COLUMBIA CITY STRUCTURAL STEEL AND RAIL MINI-MILL COULD RESULT IN MATERIALLY
GREATER OPERATING COSTS THAN THOSE WE HAVE ANTICIPATED

     At our Columbia City mini-mill, we are subject to all of the general risks
associated with the construction and start-up of a new mini-mill. These risks
involve construction delays, cost overruns and start-up difficulties. We could
also experience operational difficulties after start-up that could result in our
inability to operate our Columbia City mini-mill at full or near full capacity
or at all. Any of these difficulties could adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

     UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT FAILURES MAY LEAD TO PRODUCTION CURTAILMENTS OR
SHUTDOWNS

     Our manufacturing processes are dependent upon critical pieces of
steelmaking equipment, such as our furnaces, continuous casters and rolling
equipment, as well as electrical equipment, such as transformers, and this
equipment may, on occasion, be out of service as a result of unanticipated
failures. We have experienced and may in the future experience material plant
shutdowns or periods of reduced production as a result of such equipment
failures. Such interruptions in our production capabilities will inevitably
adversely affect our productivity and results of operations for the affected
period. In addition to equipment failures, our facilities are also subject to
the risk of catastrophic loss due to unanticipated events such as fires,
explosions or violent weather conditions.

     WE DEPEND HEAVILY ON OUR SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND WE MAY BE UNABLE TO REPLACE
KEY EXECUTIVES IF THEY LEAVE

     Our operations and prospects depend in large part on the performance of our
senior management team, including Keith E. Busse, president and chief executive
officer, Mark D. Millett, vice president and general manager of our Flat-Roll
Division, Richard P. Teets, Jr., vice president and general manager of our
Structural Division, Tracy L. Shellabarger, vice president and chief financial
officer and John W. Nolan, vice president, sales and marketing. Although these
senior managers have each been employees and stockholders of Steel Dynamics for
more than seven years, we cannot assure you that such individuals will remain
with us as employees. In addition, we cannot assure you that we would be able to
find qualified replacements for any of
                                        12


these individuals if their services were no longer available. The loss of the
services of one or more members of our senior management team or our inability
to attract, retain and maintain additional senior management personnel could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.

    WE MAY FACE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE IMPLEMENTATION OF OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

     As part of our growth strategy, we may expand our existing facilities,
build additional plants, acquire other businesses, enter into joint ventures, or
form strategic alliances that we believe will complement our existing business.
These transactions will likely involve some or all of the following risks:

     - the difficulty of competing for acquisitions and other growth
       opportunities with companies having materially greater financial
       resources than ours;

     - the difficulty of integrating the acquired operations and personnel into
       our existing business;

     - the potential disruption of our ongoing business;

     - the diversion of resources;

     - the inability of management to maintain uniform standards, controls,
       procedures and policies;

     - the difficulty of managing the growth of a larger company;

     - the risk of entering markets in which we have little experience;

     - the risk of becoming involved in labor, commercial or regulatory disputes
       or litigation related to the new enterprise;

     - the risk of contractual or operational liability to our venture
       participants or to third parties as a result of our participation;

     - the inability to work efficiently with joint venture or strategic
       alliance partners; and

     - the difficulties of terminating joint ventures or strategic alliances.

     These transactions might be required for us to remain competitive, but we
cannot assure you that we can complete any such transactions on favorable terms
or that we can obtain financing, if necessary, for such transactions on
favorable terms. We also cannot assure you that any future transactions will
improve our competitive position and business prospects as anticipated, and if
they do not, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

    ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION IMPOSES SUBSTANTIAL COSTS AND LIMITATIONS ON OUR
    OPERATIONS

     We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental, health
and safety laws and regulations concerning such issues as air emissions,
wastewater discharges, solid and hazardous waste handling and disposal, and the
investigation and remediation of contamination. These laws and regulations are
increasingly stringent. While we believe that our facilities are and will
continue to be in material compliance with all applicable environmental laws and
regulations, the risks of substantial costs and liabilities related to
compliance with such laws and regulations are an inherent part of our business.
It is possible that future conditions may develop, arise or be discovered that
create substantial environmental compliance or remediation liabilities and
costs. For example, our steelmaking operations produce certain waste products,
such as electric arc furnace dust, which are classified as hazardous waste and
must be properly disposed of under applicable environmental laws. These laws can
impose clean up liability on generators of hazardous waste and other substances
that are shipped off-site for disposal, regardless of fault or the legality of
the disposal activities. Other laws may require us to investigate and remediate
contamination at our properties, including contamination that was caused in
whole or in part by third parties. While we believe that we can comply with
environmental legislation and regulatory requirements and that the costs of
doing so have been included within our budgeted cost estimates, it is possible
that such compliance will prove to be more limiting and costly than anticipated.

                                        13


     In addition to potential clean up liability, in the past we have been, and
in the future we may become, subject to substantial monetary fines and penalties
for violation of applicable laws, regulations or administrative conditions. We
may also be subject from time to time to legal proceedings brought by private
parties or governmental agencies with respect to environmental matters,
including matters involving alleged property damage or personal injury.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMMON STOCK AND THIS OFFERING

    OUR STOCK PRICE MAY BE VOLATILE AND COULD DECLINE SUBSTANTIALLY

     The stock market has, from time to time, experienced extreme price and
volume fluctuations. Many factors may cause the market price for our common
stock to decline following this offering, including:

     - our operating results failing to meet the expectations of securities
       analysts or investors in any quarter;

     - downward revisions in securities analysts' estimates;

     - material announcements by us or our competitors;

     - public sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock
       following this offering;

     - governmental regulatory action; or

     - adverse changes in general market conditions or economic trends.

     In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price
of their stock have been the subject of securities class action litigation. If
we become involved in securities class action litigation in the future, it could
result in substantial costs and diversion of management attention and resources,
thus harming our business.

    WE DO NOT EXPECT TO PAY CASH DIVIDENDS IN THE FORESEEABLE FUTURE

     Since our initial public offering, we have not declared or paid cash or
other dividends on our common stock and do not expect to pay cash dividends for
the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all future earnings for
use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth. In addition, the
terms of our senior secured credit agreement and the indenture relating to our
senior notes restrict our ability to pay cash dividends. Even if these
restrictions are removed, any future cash dividends will depend upon our results
of operations, financial conditions, cash requirements, the availability of a
surplus and other factors.

     SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR PUBLIC SALE AFTER THIS OFFERING COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT
     OUR STOCK PRICE

     The future sale of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in
the public market following this offering, or the perception that such sales
could occur, could adversely affect our stock price and could make it more
difficult for us to raise funds through equity offerings in the future.

     Upon completion of this offering, we expect to have           shares of
common stock outstanding including       restricted shares held by some of our
stockholders. These restricted shares may in the future be sold without
registration under the Securities Act of 1933 to the extent permitted by Rule
144 under the Securities Act or any applicable exemption under the Securities
Act. In addition, some of our stockholders who have restricted shares have
registration rights. We have filed a registration statement under the Securities
Act to register shares of common stock held by the Iron Dynamics bank lenders
who received restricted shares in connection with the settlement of the Iron
Dynamics credit agreement. As of         , 2002, there were    remaining
restricted shares held by one of these holders. Also, other stockholders,
holding           restricted shares as of         , 2002, have the right to
require us to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register
their shares of common stock.

     In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers and directors,
the selling stockholders and other stockholders have agreed that, subject to
agreed upon exceptions, they will not sell, offer or contract to

                                        14


sell any shares of common stock without the prior written consent of the
underwriters, for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus.

     In addition, we have filed registration statements under the Securities Act
to register shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option
plans, thus permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates upon issuance
in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act. As of May 31,
2002, options to purchase 2,491,769 shares were outstanding under these stock
option plans.

     PROVISIONS UNDER INDIANA LAW MAY DETER ACQUISITION BIDS FOR US

     Provisions under the Indiana Business Corporation Law may have the effect
of delaying or preventing transactions involving a change of control, including
transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a substantial premium
for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, these provisions
may limit the ability of stockholders to approve transactions that they may deem
to be in their best interest or may delay or frustrate the removal of incumbent
directors.

                          FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

     Throughout this prospectus, including documents we incorporate by
reference, we may make statements that express our opinions, expectations, or
projections regarding future events or future results, in contrast with
statements that reflect historical facts. These predictive statements, which we
generally precede or accompany by such typical conditional words as
"anticipate," "intend," "believe," "estimate," "plan," "seek," "project" or
"expect," or by the words "may," "will," or "should," are intended to operate as
"forward looking statements" of the kind permitted by the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995, incorporated in Section 27A of the Securities Act
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. That
legislation protects such predictive statements by creating a "safe harbor" from
liability in the event that a particular prediction does not turn out as
anticipated.

     While we always intend to express our best judgment when we make statements
about what we believe will occur in the future, and although we base these
statements on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable when made, these
forward looking statements are not a guarantee of performance, and you should
not place undue reliance on such statements. Forward looking statements are
subject to many uncertainties and other variable circumstances, many of which
are outside of our control, that could cause our actual results and experience
to differ materially from those we thought would occur.

     The following listing represents some, but not necessarily all, of the
factors that may cause actual results to differ from those anticipated or
predicted:

     - cyclical changes in market supply and demand for steel; general economic
       conditions; U.S. or foreign trade policy affecting steel imports or
       exports; and governmental monetary or fiscal policy in the U.S. and other
       major international economies;

     - risks and uncertainties involving new products or new technologies, such
       as our Iron Dynamics ironmaking process, in which the product or process
       or certain critical elements thereof may not work at all, may not work as
       well as expected, or may turn out to be uneconomic even if they do work;

     - changes in the availability or cost of steel scrap, steel scrap
       substitute materials or other raw materials or supplies which we use in
       our production processes, as well as periodic fluctuations in the
       availability and cost of electricity, natural gas or other utilities;

     - the occurrence of unanticipated equipment failures and plant outages or
       incurrence of extraordinary operating expenses;

     - actions by our domestic and foreign competitors, including the addition
       or reduction of production capacity, or loss of business from one or more
       of our major customers or end-users;

     - labor unrest, work stoppages and/or strikes involving our own workforce,
       those of our important suppliers or customers, or those affecting the
       steel industry in general;

                                        15


     - the effect of the elements upon our production or upon the production or
       needs of our important suppliers or customers;

     - the impact of, or changes in, environmental laws or in the application of
       other legal or regulatory requirements upon our production processes or
       costs of production or upon those of our suppliers or customers,
       including actions by government agencies, such as the U.S. Environmental
       Protection Agency or the Indiana Department of Environmental Management,
       on pending or future environmentally related construction or operating
       permits;

     - pending, anticipated or unanticipated private or governmental liability
       claims or litigation, or the impact of any adverse outcome of any
       currently pending or future litigation on the adequacy of our reserves,
       the availability or adequacy of our insurance coverage, our financial
       well-being or our business and assets;

     - changes in interest rates or other borrowing costs, or the effect of
       existing loan covenants or restrictions upon the cost or availability of
       credit to fund operations or take advantage of other business
       opportunities;

     - changes in our business strategies or development plans which we may
       adopt or which may be brought about in response to actions by our
       suppliers or customers, and any difficulty or inability to successfully
       consummate or implement as planned any of our projects, acquisitions,
       joint ventures or strategic alliances; and

     - the impact of governmental approvals, litigation, construction delays,
       cost overruns or technology risk upon our ability to complete, start-up
       or continue to profitably operate a project, or to operate it as
       anticipated.

We also believe that you should read the many factors described in "Risk
Factors" to better understand the risks and uncertainties inherent in our
business and underlying any forward looking statements.

     Any forward looking statements which we make in this prospectus speak only
as of the date of such statement, and we undertake no ongoing obligation to
update such statements. Comparisons of results between current and any prior
periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future
performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical
data.

                                  MARKET DATA

     We obtained market and competitive position data used throughout this
prospectus, including documents we incorporate by reference, from internal
surveys, market research, publicly available information and industry
publications. Industry publications generally state that the information
contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but
that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed.
Similarly, internal surveys, industry forecasts and market research, while
believed to be reliable, have not been independently verified, and neither we
nor the underwriters make any representation as to the accuracy of such
information.

                                        16


                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of
approximately $          million, or $          million if the underwriters
exercise their over-allotment option in full, after deducting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the
net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, including capital
expenditures, repayment of indebtedness, working capital and potential
acquisitions. Pending such uses, we will invest the proceeds in short-term
interest bearing, investment grade securities.

     As of March 31, 2002, we had borrowings of $275 million under our senior
secured credit facilities, including $70 million outstanding under the term A
loan and $205 million outstanding under the term B loan. Our borrowings under
our senior secured credit facilities bear interest at variable rates, had a
weighted average interest rate of 7.4% as of March 31, 2002, and mature as
follows: a $75 million five-year revolving facility, maturing March 26, 2007; a
$70 million five-year term A loan facility payable in quarterly installments
equal to incremental percentages of the outstanding amount of the term A loan,
with the first installment beginning June 26, 2003 and the final installment due
March 26, 2007; and a $205 million six-year term B loan facility payable in
quarterly installments, with no installments payable in the first year,
aggregate installments for the next four years beginning June 26, 2003 equal to
20% of the outstanding amount of the term B loan and each of the last four
installments equal to 20% of the outstanding amount of the term B loan, with the
final maturity on March 26, 2008.

     We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling
stockholders in this offering.

                                        17


                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY

     Our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"STLD." The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the high and
low sale prices for our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market.



                                                               HIGH       LOW
                                                              -------   -------
                                                                  
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000:
First Quarter...............................................  $19.000   $11.125
Second Quarter..............................................   12.938     8.250
Third Quarter...............................................   12.750     8.813
Fourth Quarter..............................................   12.000     8.438
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001:
First Quarter...............................................  $13.250   $10.000
Second Quarter..............................................   14.950    10.688
Third Quarter...............................................   14.950     8.930
Fourth Quarter..............................................   12.040     9.000
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2002:
First Quarter...............................................  $16.890   $11.400
Second Quarter (through June 13, 2002)......................   19.300    16.100


     A recent reported last sale price for our common stock as reported on the
Nasdaq National Market is presented on the cover page of this prospectus. As of
March 31, 2002, there were approximately 620 holders of record and approximately
7,600 beneficial owners of our common stock.

     We have never declared or paid cash dividends. We currently anticipate that
all of our future earnings will be retained to finance the expansion of our
business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Any determination to pay cash dividends in the future will be at the discretion
of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including
our financial condition, results of operations, outstanding indebtedness,
current and anticipated cash needs and plans for expansion. In addition, the
terms of our senior secured credit agreement and the indenture relating to our
senior notes restrict our ability to pay cash dividends.

                                        18


                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents
and capitalization as of March 31, 2002:

          (1) on an actual basis; and

          (2) on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the application of the
     net proceeds from the sale by us of       shares of common stock in this
     offering at an assumed offering price of $     per share.

You should read this table in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.



                                                                AS OF MARCH 31, 2002
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED
                                                              ----------   -----------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                     
Cash and cash equivalents...................................  $   32,319    $
                                                              ==========    ========
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities:
  Senior secured credit facilities
     Revolving credit facility(1)...........................  $       --    $     --
     Term A loan............................................      70,000
     Term B loan............................................     205,000
  Other long-term debt, excluding current maturities........      61,801      61,801
  9 1/2% senior notes due 2009..............................     200,000     200,000
                                                              ----------    --------
       Total long-term debt, excluding current maturities...     536,801
                                                              ----------    --------
Other long-term contingent obligation(2)....................      21,987      21,987
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, $.01 par value per share; 100,000,000 shares
     authorized; 49,706,131 shares issued on an actual basis
     and       shares issued on an as adjusted basis;
     47,320,217 shares outstanding on an actual basis and
           shares outstanding on an as adjusted basis...             497
  Treasury stock, at cost; 2,385,914 shares on an actual and
     as adjusted basis......................................     (28,889)    (28,889)
  Additional paid-in capital................................     343,197
  Retained earnings.........................................     133,869
  Other accumulated comprehensive loss......................      (4,749)     (4,749)
                                                              ----------    --------
       Total stockholders' equity...........................     443,925
                                                              ----------    --------
            Total capitalization............................  $1,002,713    $
                                                              ==========    ========


---------------

(1) The revolving credit facility is for $75 million, all of which is available
    for future borrowing.

(2) In connection with the settlement of the Iron Dynamics credit agreement, we
    have agreed to make contingent future payments to the Iron Dynamics senior
    lenders, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $22 million, if Iron Dynamics
    resumes operations by January 27, 2007 and generates positive cash flow, as
    defined in the settlement agreement.

                                        19


                     SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial and
operating data of Steel Dynamics. The selected consolidated financial and
operating data as of and for each of the years in the five-year period ended
December 31, 2001 were derived from our audited consolidated financial
statements. The data for the two years 1997 and 1998 were audited by Deloitte &
Touche LLP, independent auditors, and the data for the three years 1999, 2000
and 2001 were audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors. The selected
consolidated financial and operating data as of and for the three months ended
March 31, 2001 and 2002 were derived from our unaudited consolidated financial
statements. These unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in our
opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary
to present fairly the data for such periods. Operating results for interim
periods are not necessarily indicative of a full year's operations. You should
read the following data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.

     You should also read the following information in conjunction with the data
in the table on the following page:

     - Our 1997 extraordinary loss of $7.6 million (net of tax benefit of $5.1
       million) consisted of prepayment penalties and the write-off of
       capitalized financing costs associated with the amendment of our credit
       facilities, effective June 30, 1997.

     - Our first quarter 2002 extraordinary loss of $2.0 million (net of tax
       benefit of $1.2 million) consisted of prepayment penalties and the
       write-off of capitalized financing costs associated with the refinancing
       of our credit facilities, effective March 26, 2002.

     - "EBITDA" represents income before extraordinary items, income taxes,
       interest expense (net of interest income), depreciation and amortization.
       EBITDA is not a measure of operating income, operating performance or
       liquidity under generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We
       have presented EBITDA because certain investors may find it to be a
       useful tool for analyzing and comparing operating performance and for
       determining a company's ability to service and/or incur debt.
       Nevertheless, EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a
       substitute for operating income (as determined in accordance with GAAP)
       as an indicator of our operating performance, or cash flow from operating
       activities (as determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of our
       liquidity. In addition, companies calculate EBITDA differently and,
       therefore, EBITDA as presented by us may not be comparable to EBITDA
       reported by other companies.

     - "Operating profit per net ton shipped" represents operating income before
       start-up costs divided by net ton shipments. Beginning July 1, 2000, net
       shipments included shipments from our steel fabrication subsidiary, New
       Millennium. Beginning March 1, 2001, net shipments also included
       shipments from our secondary-steel brokering subsidiary, Paragon Steel.

     - "Hot band production" refers to our flat-rolled mini-mill's total
       production of finished coiled product. "Prime tons" refer to hot bands
       produced, which meet or exceed quality standards for surface, shape and
       metallurgical properties.

     - "Yield percentage" refers to our flat-rolled mini-mill's tons of finished
       product divided by tons of raw materials.

     - "Effective capacity utilization" is the flat-rolled mini-mill's ratio of
       tons produced for the operational month to the operational month's
       capacity. For the data disclosed in the period ended December 31, 1997,
       we used an annual capacity of 1.4 million tons for this calculation. For
       the data disclosed in the period ended December 31, 1998, we used an
       annual capacity of 1.8 million tons. For the data disclosed in the
       periods ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001, and March 31, 2001 and
       2002, we used an annual capacity of 2.2 million tons.

                                        20




                                                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                             MARCH 31,
                                     --------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                        1997         1998         1999         2000         2001         2001         2002
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND PER NET TON DATA)
                                                                                              
OPERATING DATA:
Net sales..........................  $  420,132   $  514,786   $  618,821   $  692,623   $  606,984   $  154,086   $  166,903
Cost of goods sold.................     330,529      428,978      487,629      533,914      522,927      128,523      139,529
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Gross profit.....................      89,603       85,808      131,192      158,709       84,057       25,563       27,374
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses.........................      24,449       20,637       42,441       53,306       58,132       13,802       13,088
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Income from operations...........      65,154       65,171       88,751      105,403       25,925       11,761       14,286
Interest expense...................       7,697       17,538       22,178       20,199       18,480        4,839        4,265
Other (income) expense.............      (1,914)      (4,993)       1,294          719        2,333         (204)       4,153
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Income before income taxes and
    extraordinary loss.............      59,371       52,626       65,279       84,485        5,112        7,126        5,868
Income tax expense.................       7,813       20,942       25,849       30,690        1,968        2,743        2,200
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Income before extraordinary loss...      51,558       31,684       39,430       53,795        3,144        4,383        3,668
Extraordinary loss, net of tax.....       7,624           --           --           --           --           --        2,028
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Net income.......................  $   43,934   $   31,684   $   39,430   $   53,795   $    3,144   $    4,383   $    1,640
                                     ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
Basic earnings per share...........  $      .91   $      .65   $      .82   $     1.15   $      .07   $      .10   $      .04
                                     ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
Weighted average common shares
  outstanding......................      48,343       48,462       47,914       46,822       45,655       45,511       46,045
                                     ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
Diluted earnings per share.........  $      .90   $      .65   $      .82   $     1.15   $      .07   $      .10   $      .04
                                     ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
Weighted average common shares and
  share equivalents outstanding....      48,843       48,868       48,153       46,974       45,853       45,710       46,348
                                     ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA.............................  $   89,465   $  100,544   $  125,804   $  149,348   $   71,269   $   23,160   $   23,690
Operating profit per net ton
  shipped..........................          61           50           58           65           23           36           34
Capital expenditures...............     175,193      194,131      126,673      110,379       90,714       10,353       33,759
Cash provided (used) by:
  Operating activities.............      85,654      (51,060)     114,779      102,792       67,373       17,964       32,489
  Investing activities.............    (175,157)    (196,967)    (126,299)    (109,399)     (90,710)     (10,353)     (33,759)
  Financing activities.............      40,661      244,652       22,892          176       91,394      (12,275)     (44,652)
OTHER DATA:
Shipments (net tons)...............   1,205,247    1,416,950    1,869,714    1,919,368    1,963,602      482,431      561,948
Hot band production (net tons).....   1,181,983    1,425,699    1,938,234    2,031,025    2,015,991      503,010      579,837
Prime ton percentage -- hot band...        95.3%        95.3%        94.2%        93.9%        95.9%        96.5%        94.0%
Yield percentage -- hot band.......        89.0         87.7         87.8         87.7         87.5         87.7         88.5
Effective capacity
  utilization -- hot band..........        84.4         79.2         88.1         92.3         91.6         91.5        105.4
Man-hours per hot band net ton
  produced.........................         .56          .55          .41          .37          .37          .38          .32
Number of employees................         425          591          650          651          676          646          725
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
Cash and cash equivalents..........  $    8,618   $    5,243   $   16,615   $   10,184   $   78,241   $    5,520   $   32,319
Working capital....................      58,774      162,117      155,226      165,915      194,093      164,298      167,556
Total assets.......................     640,882      907,470      991,556    1,067,074    1,180,098    1,065,032    1,155,574
Long-term debt (including current
  maturities)......................     219,541      483,946      505,963      532,520      599,924      519,903      545,671
Stockholders' equity...............     337,595      351,065      391,370      418,784      418,575      419,538      443,925


                                        21


                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following discussion contains forward looking statements that involve
numerous risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially
from those discussed in the forward looking statements as a result of these
risks and uncertainties, including those set forth in this prospectus under
"Forward Looking Information" and under "Risk Factors." You should read the
following discussion in conjunction with "Selected Financial and Operating Data"
and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus.

OVERVIEW

     We are one of the most profitable mini-mill steel producers in the United
States in terms of operating profit per ton. We primarily own and operate a
state-of-the-art, low-cost flat-rolled mini-mill located in Butler, Indiana with
an annual production capacity of 2.2 million tons. Our Butler mini-mill produces
a broad range of high quality hot-rolled, cold-rolled and coated steel products,
including a large variety of high value-added and high margin specialty products
such as thinner gauge rolled products and galvanized products. We sell our
products directly to end-users, intermediate steel processors and steel service
centers primarily in the Midwestern United States. Our products are used in
numerous industry sectors, including the automotive, construction and commercial
industries.

     In May 2002, we announced plans to construct a low-cost, coil coating
facility at our Butler mini-mill that will further increase our range of
value-added capabilities. Subject to our receipt of applicable permits, we
anticipate starting construction of the facility within the next several months
and expect to commence coating operations in the middle of 2003. The coating
facility is currently expected to have an annual production capacity of 240,000
tons and is estimated to cost $25-$30 million.

     In May 2001, we began construction of a new state-of-the-art structural
steel and rail mini-mill in Columbia City, Indiana. Our Columbia City mini-mill
is designed to have an annual production capacity of 1.3 million tons and
produce structural steel and rails at a higher quality and lower cost than
comparable mini-mills. We expect to spend approximately $315 million to
construct this mini-mill, of which $276 million has been spent as of May 31,
2002. We expect to commence commercial structural steel operations in July 2002,
ramp up these operations through regular product introductions and be fully
operational by the end of 2002. In addition, we expect to commence commercial
production of rails during the first quarter of 2003. Our structural steel
operation is designed to produce steel products for the construction,
transportation and industrial machinery markets. Our rail manufacturing
operation is designed to produce a variety of rail products for the railroad
industry.

     During the first half of 2002, domestic flat-rolled steel prices increased
dramatically from historical cyclical lows in 2001. This increase has resulted
from a number of factors including (1) a reduction in domestic steel production
capacity as a result of past bankruptcies and shutdowns of other U.S. steel
producers, (2) a reduction in imports, driven in part by recent favorable
rulings with respect to tariffs and quotas on foreign steel and (3) a
strengthening of the overall U.S. economy and the need for end-users of steel
products to replenish their depleted inventories. As a result of our efficient,
low-cost operations, we believe that we were one of the few U.S. steel producers
to maintain profitability in 2001, and we have already benefited from the
improvements in the domestic flat-rolled steel market in 2002.

     NET SALES

     Our total net sales are a factor of net tons shipped, product mix and
related pricing. Our net sales are determined by subtracting product returns,
sales discounts, return allowances and claims from total sales. We charge
premium prices for certain grades of steel, dimensions of product, or certain
smaller volumes, based on our cost of production. We also charge marginally
higher prices for our value-added products from our cold mill. These products
include hot-rolled and cold-rolled galvanized products and cold-rolled products.

                                        22


     COST OF GOODS SOLD

     Our cost of goods sold represents all direct and indirect costs associated
with the manufacture of our products. The principal elements of these costs are
steel scrap and scrap substitutes, alloys, natural gas, argon, direct and
indirect labor benefits, electricity, oxygen, electrodes and depreciation. Steel
scrap and scrap substitutes represent the most significant component of our cost
of goods sold.

     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE

     Selling, general and administrative expenses are comprised of all costs
associated with our sales, finance and accounting, materials and transportation,
and administrative departments. These costs include labor and benefits,
professional services, financing cost amortization, property taxes, profit
sharing expense and start-up costs associated with new projects.

     INTEREST EXPENSE

     Interest expense consists of interest associated with our senior credit
facilities and other debt agreements as described in the notes to our financial
statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus, net of capitalized interest
costs that are related to construction expenditures during the construction
period of capital projects.

     OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE

     Other income consists of interest income earned on our cash balances and
any other non-operating income activity, including insurance proceeds from
litigation efforts. Other expense consists of any non-operating costs, including
permanent impairments of reported investments and settlement costs from
litigation efforts.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2002 COMPARED WITH THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
     31, 2001

     Net sales.  Our net sales were $166.9 million, with total shipments of
561,900 net tons for the three months ended March 31, 2002, as compared to net
sales of $154.1 million, with total shipments of 482,400 net tons for the three
months ended March 31, 2001, an increase in net sales of $12.8 million, or 8%,
and an increase in total shipments of 79,500 net tons, or 16%. During the first
quarter of 2002, the average consolidated selling price per ton decreased
approximately $22, or 7%, in comparison to the same period in 2001. The increase
in our first quarter 2002 net sales in comparison to the first and fourth
quarters of 2001 was driven by volume. A substantial portion of our first
quarter 2002 sales were committed during the fourth quarter 2001 at depressed
pricing levels, resulting in our first quarter average consolidated selling
pricing per ton remaining flat as compared to the fourth quarter; however, we
are already experiencing substantially higher selling prices in our order
backlog for the second quarter 2002 and anticipate further increases during the
third quarter 2002.

     Heidtman accounted for approximately 17% and 16% of our net sales for the
three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

     Cost of Goods Sold.  Cost of goods sold was $139.5 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2002, as compared to $128.5 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2001, an increase of $11.0 million, or 9%, which was primarily
volume related. As a percentage of net sales, cost of goods sold represented
approximately 84% and 83% for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001,
respectively. Steel scrap represented approximately 43% and 44% of the total
cost of goods sold for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001,
respectively. We experienced a steady decline in scrap pricing from the second
quarter of 2000 through the first quarter of 2002. The average costs associated
with steel scrap averaged $9, or 8%, per ton produced less during the first
quarter of 2002 than during the same period of 2001. We experienced a narrowing
of our gross margin throughout 2001 as our average sales price per ton decreased
more rapidly than our average scrap cost per ton, which is the most significant
single component of our cost of goods sold; however, during the first quarter of
2002 we experienced a further decrease in scrap pricing without a corresponding
decrease in our

                                        23


product pricing, resulting in a strengthening in our gross margin. We currently
anticipate a further strengthening through the third quarter of 2002.

     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses were $13.1 million for the three months ended March 31,
2002, as compared to $13.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001, a
decrease of $714,000, or 5%. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and
administrative expenses represented approximately 8% and 9% for the three months
ended March 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Start-up costs were $4.6 million,
all of which were related to construction of our structural and rail mill, for
the three months ended March 31, 2002, as compared to start-up costs of $5.1
million, of which Iron Dynamics represents $3.8 million, for the three months
ended March 31, 2001, a decrease of $552,000, or 11%.

     Interest Expense.  Interest expense was $4.3 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2002, as compared to $4.8 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2001, a decrease of $574,000, or 12%. Gross interest expense decreased
15% to $8.0 million and capitalized interest decreased 19% to $3.7 million, for
the three months ended March 31, 2002, as compared to the same period in 2001.
Throughout 2001 and into 2002, base interest rates, more specifically LIBOR and
prime rates steadily decreased, resulting in a 15% decrease in our gross
interest expense for the first quarter of 2002, as compared to the same period
in 2001, despite only a $1.0 million decrease in our total net debt (total debt,
including other long-term contingent liabilities, less cash and cash
equivalents).

     Other (Income) Expense.  Other expense was $4.2 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2002, as compared to other income of $204,000 for the
three months ended March 31, 2001, an increase in expenses of $4.4 million.
During the first quarter of 2002, we recorded settlement costs in association
with the Nakornthai Strip Mill Public Company Ltd. (NSM) related lawsuits. On
May 6, 2002, we settled the remaining NSM-related lawsuit, which was outstanding
on March 31, 2002. Accordingly, we reflected a settlement cost of $4.5 million,
net of any insurance proceeds, in our financial results for the first quarter of
2002.

     Income Taxes.  Our income tax provision was $2.2 million, net a $1.2
million tax benefit related to our extraordinary loss on debt extinguishment for
the three months ended March 31, 2002, as compared to $2.7 million for the same
period in 2001. Our effective tax rate was 37.5% during 2002, as compared to
38.5% during 2001. During the fourth quarter of 2001, we recorded a $1.9 million
deferred tax asset valuation allowance related to foreign tax credits that may
not be fully realized. This allowance is still outstanding at March 31, 2002.

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000

     Net Sales.  Our net sales were $607.0 million, with total shipments of 2.0
million net tons for the year ended December 31, 2001, as compared to net sales
of $692.6 million, with total shipments of 1.9 million net tons for the year
ended December 31, 2000, a decrease in net sales of $85.6 million, or 12%, and
an increase in total shipments of 44,000 net tons, or 2%. The entire steel
industry experienced pricing declines from the second half of 2000 throughout
2001, reaching the low in the fourth quarter of 2001. During 2001, the average
selling price per ton decreased approximately $52, or 14%, in comparison to the
same period in 2000, resulting in a 12% decline in net sales despite a 2%
increase in net shipments.

     Heidtman accounted for approximately 18% and 21% of our net sales for the
years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

     Cost of Goods Sold.  Cost of goods sold was $522.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 2001, as compared to $533.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2000, a decrease of $11.0 million, or 2%. Steel scrap represented
approximately 44% and 51% of the total cost of goods sold for the year ended
December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. We experienced a steady decline in
scrap pricing from the second quarter of 2000 throughout 2001, reaching the low
in the fourth quarter of 2001. The average costs associated with steel scrap
averaged $18, or 14%, per ton less during 2001 than during 2000. As a percentage
of net sales, cost of goods sold represented approximately 86% and 77% for the
years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

                                        24


We experienced a narrowing of our gross margin throughout 2001 as our average
sales price per ton decreased more rapidly than our average scrap cost per ton,
which is the most significant single component of our cost of goods sold.

     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses were $58.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2001,
as compared to $53.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, an increase
of $4.8 million, or 9%. A substantial portion of these expenses in both periods
was attributable to litigation costs associated with the NSM litigation efforts
and start-up costs associated with Iron Dynamics and the structural and rail
mill. Start-up costs were $19.5 million, of which Iron Dynamics represents $11.0
million (including $1.7 million of interest expense), for the year ended
December 31, 2001, as compared to total start-up costs of $19.9 million, of
which Iron Dynamics represents $12.4 million, for the year ended December 31,
2000, a decrease of $393,000 or 2%. During 2001, we also incurred charges of
approximately $4.7 million associated with anticipated uncollectable customer
receivable accounts. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and
administrative expenses represented approximately 10% and 8% for the years ended
December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

     Interest Expense.  Interest expense was $18.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2001, as compared to $20.2 million for the year ended December 31,
2000, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 9%. Gross interest expense decreased 10% to
$34.1 million and capitalized interest decreased 20% to $14.0 million, for the
year ended December 31, 2001, as compared to the same period in 2000. Throughout
2001, base interest rates, more specifically LIBOR and prime rates steadily
decreased in comparison to 2000 levels, resulting in the 10% decrease in our
gross interest expense despite a 4% increase in our total net debt (total debt,
including other long-term contingent liabilities, less cash and cash
equivalents).

     Other (Income) Expense.  Other expense was $2.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2001, as compared to $719,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000,
an increase of $1.6 million. During 2001, we recorded settlement costs, along
with the offsetting insurance proceeds, associated with settlements of a portion
of the NSM-related lawsuits. On March 7, 2002, we settled one of two remaining
NSM-related lawsuits, which was outstanding on December 31, 2001. Accordingly,
we reflected a settlement cost of $2.3 million, which represents the settlement
amount not covered by insurance proceeds, in our financial results for 2001.
During 2000, other expense included the write-off of the remaining investment in
NSM of approximately $1.4 million.

     Income Taxes.  Our income tax provision was $2.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2001, as compared to $30.7 million for the same period in 2000. Our
effective tax rate was 38.5% during 2001, as compared to 36.3% during 2000.
During 2001, we recorded a $1.9 million deferred tax asset valuation allowance
related to foreign tax credits that may not be fully realized. This allowance
was offset by a $1.4 million reduction in the effective tax rate applied to our
cumulative net deferred tax liability.

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

     Net Sales.  Our net sales were $692.6 million, with total shipments of 1.9
million net tons for the year ended December 31, 2000, as compared to net sales
of $618.8 million, with total shipments of 1.9 million net tons for the year
ended December 31, 1999, an increase in net sales of $73.8 million, or 12%. This
increase was attributable to an increase of $27, or 8% in our average price per
ton, for the year ended December 31, 2000, as compared to the same period in
1999. The increase in average price per ton was the direct result of a shift in
our product mix from hot band sales to higher-margin, value-added products,
including pickle and oil, cold-rolled and galvanized. Shipments of these
higher-margin products increased 109,000 net tons, or 11%, with an average price
per ton increase of $34, or 9%, for the year ended December 31, 2000, as
compared to the same period in 1999. More specifically, shipments of our
cold-rolled products increased 87,000 net tons, or 47%, with an average price
per ton increase of $43, or 12%, during the same periods.

     Approximately 21% and 19% of our net sales for 2000 and 1999, respectively,
were purchased by Heidtman.

                                        25


     Cost of Goods Sold.  Cost of goods sold was $533.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 2000, as compared to $487.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 1999, an increase of $46.3 million, or 9%. Steel scrap represented
approximately 51% and 49% of our total cost of goods sold for the years ended
December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Our costs associated with steel scrap
averaged $10 per ton more during 2000 than during 1999. We experienced a steady
decline in scrap pricing during the second quarter of 2000 and throughout the
remainder of the year. As a percentage of net sales, cost of goods sold
represented approximately 77% and 79% for the years ended December 31, 2000 and
1999, respectively.

     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses were $53.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2000,
as compared to $42.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1999, an increase
of $10.9 million, or 26%. This increase was due in part to increased costs
associated with our NSM litigation efforts. As a result of significantly
improved operating results during 2000, as compared to 1999, employee
performance-based incentives also comprised a portion of the total selling,
general and administrative expense increase. Start-up costs related to our
structural steel and rail mini-mill project, New Millennium project and Iron
Dynamics were $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, as compared to
$19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1999, an increase of $900,000, or
5%.

     As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses
represented approximately 8% and 7% for the years ended December 31, 2000 and
1999, respectively.

     Interest Expense.  Interest expense was $20.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2000, as compared to $22.2 million for the year ended December 31,
1999, a decrease of $2.0 million, or 9%. Gross interest expense increased 7% to
$37.8 million and capitalized interest increased 33% to $17.5 million, for the
year ended December 31, 2000, as compared to the same period in 1999.

     Other (Income) Expense.  For the year ended December 31, 2000, other income
was $790,000, as compared to $818,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999.

     Other expense was $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, of
which $1.4 million represented the write-off of our remaining investment in NSM,
and was $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1999, of which $1.8 million
represented the write-off of our entire cost-basis investment in Qualitech Steel
Corporation.

     Income Taxes.  Our federal income tax provision was $29.6 million for the
year ended December 31, 2000, as compared to $22.9 million for the same period
in 1999. This federal tax provision reflects income tax expense at the statutory
income tax rate. During 2000 our effective state tax rate was 3.5%, excluding a
state income tax benefit of $2.2 million, or 2.3%, resulting from the reduction
in our effective tax rate applied to our cumulative net deferred tax liability.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Our business is capital intensive and requires substantial expenditures
for, among other things, the purchase and maintenance of equipment used in our
steelmaking and finishing operations and to remain compliant with environmental
laws. Our short-term and long-term liquidity needs arise primarily from capital
expenditures, working capital requirements and principal and interest payments
related to our outstanding indebtedness. We have met these liquidity
requirements with cash provided by operations, equity, long-term borrowings,
state and local grants and capital cost reimbursements.

     CASH FLOWS

     For the three months ended March 31, 2002, cash provided by operating
activities was $32.5 million, as compared to $18.0 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2001, an increase of $14.5 million, or 81%. A significant
portion of this increase was the result of a decrease in our inventory levels
from December 31, 2001 to March 31, 2002, as compared to the inventory increase
from December 31, 2000 to March 31, 2001. Cash used in investing activities,
which represented capital investments, was $33.8 million and $10.4 million for
the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Substantially all
of our capital investment costs incurred during the first quarter of 2002 were
utilized in construction efforts related to our structural steel and

                                        26


rail mini-mill. Cash used in financing activities was $44.7 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2002, as compared to $12.3 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2001, an increase of $32.4 million. This increase in
funds used in financing activities was the result of our change in capital
structure after the first quarter 2002 refinancing activities.

     For the year ended December 31, 2001, cash provided by operating activities
was $67.4 million, as compared to $102.8 million for the year ended December 31,
2000, a decrease of $35.4 million, or 34%. A significant portion of this
decrease was the result of our decrease in 2001 net income of 94%, as compared
to 2000. Cash used in investing activities, which primarily represents capital
investments, was $90.7 million and $109.4 million for the years ended December
31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Approximately 87% of our capital investment
costs incurred during 2001 were utilized in construction efforts related to the
structural steel and rail mill. Cash provided by financing activities was $91.4
million for the year ended December 31, 2001, as compared to $176,000 for the
year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $91.2 million. This increase in
funds provided by financing activities was the direct result of our 34% decrease
in cash provided by operations and continued cash requirements for capital
expenditures related to the construction of our Columbia City mini-mill.

     For the year ended December 31, 2001, we received benefits from state and
local governments in the form of real estate and personal property tax
abatements of approximately $5.4 million. Based on our current abatements and
utilizing our existing long-lived asset structure, we estimate the remaining
annual effect on future operations to be approximately $4.7 million, $4.0
million, $3.3 million, $2.6 million, $1.5 million, $1.2 million, $592,000,
$272,000 and $26,000, for the years ended December 31, 2002 through 2010,
respectively.

     LIQUIDITY

     We believe the principal indicators of our liquidity are our cash position,
remaining availability under our bank credit facilities and excess working
capital. During the three months ended March 31, 2002, our cash position
decreased $45.9 million to $32.3 million and our working capital position
decreased $26.5 million, or 14%, to $167.6 million, as compared to December 31,
2001. As of March 31, 2002, $75.0 million under our senior secured revolving
credit facility remained undrawn and available. Our ability to draw down the
revolver is dependant upon continued compliance with the financial covenants and
other covenants contained in the senior credit agreement.

     At December 31, 2001, our $450.0 million senior secured credit agreement
consisted of a $250.0 million five-year revolving credit facility (subject to a
borrowing base), and two $100.0 million, five-year term loans amortizable in
eight equal quarterly installments beginning September 30, 2002. On July 17,
2001, our $50.0 million unsecured credit agreement was reduced by $5.0 million
resulting in a remaining availability of $45.0 million at December 31, 2001.
Previous to our March 2002 refinancing addressed below, we had $577.0 million
available under various senior bank credit facilities, of which $568.6 million
was drawn at December 31, 2001.

     In March 2002, we issued $200.0 million of senior unsecured notes and we
entered into a new $350.0 million senior secured credit agreement in order to
refinance our existing senior secured and unsecured credit facilities and to
obtain additional working capital. The $350.0 million credit agreement was made
available to us as $75.0 million in the form of a five-year revolving credit
facility, $70.0 million in the form of a five-year term A loan and $205.0
million in the form of a six-year term B loan. We intend to use a portion of the
net proceeds to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under the senior
secured credit facilities. The new senior secured credit agreement is secured by
liens and mortgages on substantially all of our personal and real property
assets, by liens and mortgages on substantially all of the personal and real
property assets of our wholly-owned subsidiaries and by pledges of all shares of
capital stock and inter-company debt held by us and each wholly-owned
subsidiary. In addition, our wholly-owned subsidiaries have guaranteed our
obligations under the new senior secured credit agreement. The new senior
secured credit agreement contains financial covenants and other covenants that
limit or restrict our ability to make capital expenditures, incur indebtedness,
permit liens on our property, enter into transactions with affiliates, make
restricted payments or

                                        27


investments, enter into mergers, acquisitions or consolidations, conduct asset
sales, pay dividends or distributions and enter into other specified
transactions and activities. We are also required to prepay any amounts that we
borrowed with the proceeds we receive from a number of specified events or
transactions.

     On January 28, 2002, we entered into an agreement with the Iron Dynamics
lenders to extinguish the debt under the Iron Dynamics credit agreement at the
end of March 2002. We complied with each of the settlement requirements, thus
constituting full and final settlement of all of Iron Dynamics' obligations and
our guarantees under the Iron Dynamics credit agreement, causing the Iron
Dynamics credit agreement to terminate. In meeting the requirements of the
settlement agreement, we paid $15.0 million in cash and issued an aggregate of
$22.0 million, or 1.5 million shares of our common stock during March 2002. In
addition, if Iron Dynamics resumes operations by January 27, 2007, and generates
positive cash flow (as defined in the settlement agreement), we are required to
make contingent future payments in an aggregate not to exceed $22.0 million.

     Our ability to meet our debt service obligations and reduce our total debt
will depend upon our future performance, which in turn, will depend upon general
economic, financial and business conditions, along with competition, legislation
and regulation, factors that are largely beyond our control. In addition, we
cannot assure you that our operating results, cash flow and capital resources
will be sufficient for repayment of our indebtedness in the future. We believe
that based upon current levels of operations and anticipated growth, cash flow
from operations, together with other available sources of funds, including
additional borrowings under our new senior secured credit agreement, will be
adequate for the next two years for making required payments of principal and
interest on our indebtedness and for funding anticipated capital expenditures
and working capital requirements.

     In 2002, we anticipate spending approximately $110 million on capital
expenditures, as follows:

     - approximately $93 million (including approximately $9 million of
       capitalized interest) in connection with the construction of our Columbia
       City structural steel and rail mini-mill;

     - approximately $10 million in connection with construction of a low-cost,
       coil coating facility at our Butler mini-mill;

     - approximately $4 million in connection with a test facility project at
       our Iron Dynamics facility; and

     - approximately $3 million in connection with maintenance projects at our
       Butler mini-mill and our New Millennium facility.

     For the three months ended March 31, 2002, we spent approximately $34
million on capital expenditures.

     In connection with this offering and the resulting early extinguishment of
a portion of our senior secured credit facilities, we expect to record a
write-off of previously capitalized financing costs, which we expect to be
approximately $     million, in the third quarter of 2002.

     Effective June 1, 2000, the board of directors authorized the extension and
continuation of our 1997 share repurchase program, allowing us to repurchase an
additional 5%, or 2,344,000 shares, of our outstanding common stock, at a
purchase price not to exceed $15 per share. As of December 31, 2001, we had
acquired an aggregate 3,843,000 shares of our common stock in open market
purchases at an average price per share of $12, of which none were repurchased
during 2001 and 1999, and 2,549,000 shares were purchased during 2000 at an
average price per share of $11. As of December 31, 2001, approximately 957,000
shares remain available for us to repurchase under the June 2000 repurchase
authorization.

INFLATION

     We believe that inflation has not had a material effect on our results of
operations.

ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER CONTINGENCIES

     We have incurred, and in the future will continue to incur, capital
expenditures and operating expenses for matters relating to environmental
control, remediation, monitoring and compliance. We believe, apart from
                                        28


our dependence on environmental construction and operating permits for our
manufacturing facilities, that compliance with current environmental laws and
regulations is not likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition, results of operations or liquidity; however, environmental laws and
regulations have changed rapidly in recent years and we may become subject to
more stringent environmental laws and regulations in the future.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     MARKET RISK

     In the normal course of business our market risk is limited to changes in
interest rates. We utilize long-term debt as a primary source of capital. A
portion of our debt has an interest component that resets on a periodic basis to
reflect current market conditions. The following table represents the principal
cash repayments and related weighted average interest rates by maturity date for
our long-term debt as of December 31, 2001 after giving effect to the Iron
Dynamics credit agreement settlement and the refinancing of our senior credit
facilities in March 2002 (in millions):



                                                               INTEREST RATE RISK
                                                    -----------------------------------------
                                                        FIXED RATE           VARIABLE RATE
                                                    -------------------   -------------------
                                                                AVERAGE               AVERAGE
                                                    PRINCIPAL    RATE     PRINCIPAL    RATE
                                                    ---------   -------   ---------   -------
                                                                          
Expected Maturity Date:
  2002............................................   $  2.3       7.9%     $ 43.7       6.5%
  2003............................................      2.8       7.9        15.7       5.9
  2004............................................      3.0       7.9        28.1       5.8
  2005............................................      3.4       7.9        45.7       6.3
  2006............................................      3.4       7.9        34.2       5.6
Thereafter........................................    229.8       9.3       187.8       6.0
                                                     ------                ------
Total.............................................   $244.7                $355.2
                                                     ======                ======
Fair Value........................................   $244.7                $355.2
                                                     ======                ======


     We manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through the use of an
interest rate swap. We agree to exchange, at specific intervals, the difference
between fixed rate and floating rate interest amounts calculated on an agreed
upon notional amount. This interest differential paid or received is currently
recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of
interest expense.

     At December 31, 2001, we had an interest rate swap agreement with a
notional amount of $100.0 million. We agreed to make fixed rate payments at
6.92%, for which we will receive LIBOR payments. The maturity date of the
interest rate swap agreement is January 10, 2005. The fair value of the interest
rate swap agreement was estimated to be a liability of $8.8 million, which
represents the amount we would have to pay to exit this agreement at December
31, 2001.

     At March 31, 2002, no material changes had occurred with respect to our
interest rate risk from December 31, 2001.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT

     In April 2002, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145,
"Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement
No. 13, and Technical Corrections," (SFAS No. 145) was issued. This statement,
among other things, rescinds SFAS No. 4, which required all gains and losses
from extinguishment of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as an
extraordinary item, net of related income tax effect. We intend to adopt SFAS
No. 145 when required in fiscal 2003. Upon adoption, any gain or loss on
extinguishment of debt that was classified as an extraordinary item in prior
periods presented that does not meet the criteria in APB Opinion No. 30 for
classification as an extraordinary item, will be reclassified.

                                        29


Our management has determined that the adoption of SFAS No. 145 will not have a
material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

     Management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results
of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States. We review the accounting policies we use in reporting our
financial results on a regular basis. The preparation of these financial
statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate the appropriateness of these
estimations and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on
historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for
making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not
readily apparent from other sources. Results may differ from these estimates due
to actual outcomes being different from those on which we based our assumptions.
We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more
significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated
financial statements.

     Revenue Recognition and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  We generally
recognize revenues from sales and the allowance for estimated costs associated
with returns from these sales when the product is shipped. Provision is made for
estimated product returns and customer claims based on estimates and actual
historical experience. If the historical data used in our estimates does not
reflect future returns and claims trends, additional provision may be necessary.
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting
from the inability of our customers to make required payments. If the financial
condition of our customers was to deteriorate, resulting in the impairment of
their ability to make payments, additional allowance may be required.

     Impairments of Long-Lived Assets.  In accordance with the methodology
described in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be Disposed of," we review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be
recoverable. Impairment losses are recorded on long-lived assets used in
operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash
flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets'
carrying amounts. The impairment loss is measured by comparing the fair value of
the asset to its carrying amount. During 2001, events and circumstances
indicated that approximately $125 million of assets related to Iron Dynamics
might be impaired. However, our estimate of undiscounted cash flows was
approximately $76 million in excess of such carrying amounts and therefore no
charge has been recorded at December 31, 2001. Nonetheless, it is reasonably
possible that our estimate of undiscounted cash flows may change in the near
term due to, among other things, technological changes, economic conditions, and
changes in the business model or changes in operating performance, resulting in
the need to write-down those assets to fair value.

     Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities.  We are required to estimate our
income taxes as a part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial
statements. This requires us to estimate our actual current tax exposure
together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing
treatments of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in
deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated
balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets
will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that
recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. As of December
31, 2001, we had available foreign tax credit carryforwards of approximately
$3.0 million for federal income tax purposes, which expire in 2003. Due to the
limited time frame remaining to utilize the foreign tax credits and the
decreased likelihood that the net operating losses will be fully absorbed prior
to the expiration of the credits, a valuation allowance of $1.9 million was
created in 2001. Even if these credits are not utilized as such, they can be
treated as tax-deductible expenses. Therefore, $1.1 million of foreign tax
credit remains as a deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2001.

                                        30


     Contingent Liabilities.  The accrual of a contingency involves considerable
judgment on the part of management. We use outside experts, such as lawyers, as
necessary to aid in the estimation of the probability that a loss will occur and
the amount (or range) of that potential loss. During 1999, we were sued by
institutional purchasers in a 1998 note offering by certain investment banks on
behalf of NSM, the owner and operator of a steel mini-mill in Thailand for whom
we agreed to render certain post-offering technical and operational advisory
services. During the second and third quarters of 2001, we settled seven of the
nine pending lawsuits, and in the first quarter of 2002, we settled the two
remaining lawsuits, in each case without any admission of liability and for
amounts provided by our insurance carriers within applicable insurance coverage,
except for approximately $2.3 million recorded in 2001 and $4.5 million recorded
in the first quarter of 2002.

                                        31


                               INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

OVERVIEW

     The U.S. steel industry has historically been and continues to be highly
cyclical in nature, influenced by a combination of factors, including periods of
economic growth or recession, strength or weakness of the U.S. dollar, worldwide
production capacity and levels of steel imports and applicable tariffs. The
steel industry has also been affected by various company-specific factors, such
as a company's ability or inability to adapt to technological change, plant
inefficiency and high labor costs.

     During the second half of 2000 and throughout 2001, the U.S. steel industry
experienced a severe downward cycle, largely as a result of increased imports of
steel at depressed prices, weak economic conditions and excess global steel
production capacity. Moreover, even though approximately 30 U.S. steelmakers
have entered bankruptcy since 1997, including Bethlehem Steel, LTV Steel,
Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel, Heartland Steel, Geneva Steel, Northwestern Steel,
Gulf States Steel, Acme Metals, Qualitech Steel, GS Technologies and others,
some may emerge from bankruptcy reorganization with reduced costs, which may
make them more competitive. In other cases, assets of bankrupt steelmakers have
been sold through bankruptcy proceedings to other steelmakers or to third
parties, which may allow such formerly idled steelmaking capacity to come back
into production at a more competitive cost structure.

     During the first half of 2002, domestic flat-rolled steel prices increased
dramatically from historical cyclical lows in 2001. This increase has resulted
from a number of factors, including (1) a reduction in domestic steel production
capacity as a result of past bankruptcies and shutdowns of other U.S. steel
producers, (2) a reduction in imports, driven in part by recent favorable
rulings with respect to tariffs and quotas on foreign steel and (3) a
strengthening of the overall U.S. economy and the need for end-users of steel
products to replenish their depleted inventories.

ANTI-DUMPING INITIATIVES

     U.S. steel producers compete with many foreign producers. Competition from
foreign producers is typically strong, but is also substantially affected by the
relative strength of foreign economies and fluctuation in the value of the U.S.
dollar against foreign currencies, with steel imports tending to increase when
the value of the dollar is strong in relation to foreign currencies. The
situation has been exacerbated by reason of a weakening of certain economies,
particularly in Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America. Because of the
ownership, control or subsidization of some foreign steel producers by their
governments, decisions by such producers with respect to their production, sales
and pricing decisions are often influenced to a greater degree by political and
economic policy consideration than by prevailing market conditions, realities of
the marketplace or consideration of profit or loss. Since 1998, when imports of
hot-rolled and cold-rolled products increased 43% compared to the prior year,
domestic steel producers, including us, have been adversely affected by
illegally "dumped" imported steel. Dumping involves selling a product below cost
or for less than in the exporter's home country and is a violation of U.S. trade
laws. Most foreign markets are less open than the U.S. market, allowing foreign
producers to maintain higher prices in their own markets, while dumping excess
production at lower and often subsidized prices into the U.S. market.

    HOT-ROLLED

     In September 1998, eleven U.S. steel companies, including us, as well as
two labor unions, filed anti-dumping complaints with the ITC and the U.S.
Department of Commerce against hot-rolled coiled steel imports from Japan,
Russia and Brazil, seeking determinations that those three countries were
dumping hot-rolled carbon steel in the U.S. market at below fair market prices.
The group also filed a subsidy, or countervailing duty, complaint against
Brazil.

     In April 1999, the Department of Commerce issued a final determination that
imports of hot-rolled steel from Japan were dumped at margins ranging from 17%
to 65%, and in June 1999, the ITC reached a final determination that imports of
hot-rolled sheet from Japan caused injury to the U.S. steel industry. As a
consequence, the Department of Commerce issued an anti-dumping order against
imports from Japan.

                                        32


     In July 1999, the Department of Commerce also issued suspension agreements
and final anti-dumping duty determinations as to imports of hot-rolled sheet
from Brazil and Russia. "Suspension" agreements generally impose price and/or
quantity restrictions on imports from the subject country for the purpose of
removing the injurious impact of the dumping or subsidies and are often
negotiated with the subject country either in lieu of the imposition of
anti-dumping or countervailing duties or as an alternate remedy to suspend a
previously imposed duty. In February 2002, the Department of Commerce, having
found violations of the suspension agreement by Brazilian producers, revoked the
agreement and reimposed dumping duties of 48%.

     While we and the U.S. steel industry benefited from these rulings, with
hot-rolled sheet imports from these three countries, which accounted for
approximately 70% of 1998's hot-rolled import tonnage, declining by
approximately 90%, the benefit was significantly thwarted by the shifting of
imports to hot-rolled sheet from countries other than Japan, Russia and Brazil,
which increased significantly during 2000. Therefore, in November 2000, we
joined three other mini-mills and four integrated producers and filed
anti-dumping cases against imports of hot-rolled sheet from 11 countries
(Argentina, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, the Netherlands, the People's Republic
of China, Romania, South Africa, Taiwan, Thailand and Ukraine) and
countervailing duty cases against five countries (Argentina, India, Indonesia,
South Africa and Thailand). On August 17, 2001, the ITC made final affirmative
injury determinations on imports of hot-rolled steel from Argentina and South
Africa, and the Department of Commerce imposed anti-dumping duty orders of
40-45% on hot-rolled steel imported from Argentina and 9.3% on hot-rolled steel
imported from South Africa. On September 23, 2001, the Department of Commerce
issued the following final dumping margins, although these margins are subject
to modification from pending litigation: on hot-rolled steel imported from
India -- 29-43%, Indonesia -- 48%, Kazakhstan -- 243.5%, the Netherlands -- 3%,
China -- 64-91%, Romania -- 17-80%, Taiwan -- 20-29%, Thailand -- 4-20% and
Ukraine -- 90%. In addition, the Department of Commerce issued the following
final countervailing duties on hot-rolled steel imported from the following
countries: India -- 8-32%, Indonesia -- 10%, South Africa -- 6.3% and
Thailand -- 2.4%. The ITC made final affirmative injury determinations on these
remaining cases in November 2001, and the Department of Commerce imposed
anti-dumping duty orders. These orders will remain in effect for at least five
years, subject to annual administrative review. At the end of five years, the
ITC will conduct a sunset review. In June 2002, the U.S. granted "market
economy" status to Russia, which may enable Russia to more effectively defend
itself against future dumping actions on the basis of Russian production costs
rather than on the basis of comparison with surrogate country production costs.

     COLD-ROLLED

     In June 1999, we, together with other domestic producers and the United
Steel Workers of America, also filed a complaint with the ITC and the Department
of Commerce seeking a determination that cold-rolled steel products from
Argentina, Brazil, China, Indonesia, Japan, Slovakia, South Africa, Taiwan,
Thailand, Turkey, and Venezuela were being dumped in the U.S. market at below
fair market prices. On July 19, 1999, the ITC made unanimous affirmative
preliminary determinations of a reasonable indication of injury by reason of
such imports. The Department of Commerce announced preliminary dumping
determinations, which required the posting of dumping duties in November and
December of 1999. In January 2000, the Department of Commerce issued a
determination that imports of cold-rolled steel from six of the countries were
dumped at margins ranging from 17% to 81%. We were ultimately not successful in
these cold-rolled cases, however, and on March 3, 2000 and thereafter, the ITC
made negative final injury determinations against these eleven countries, ruling
that the industry was not being injured by these imports. These negative
outcomes resulted in a resurgence of dumped cold-rolled imports in the second
half of 2000 and depressed cold-rolled prices caused by these unfair practices.
As a consequence of the approximate 50% increase in imports of cold-rolled sheet
steel from 20 countries during the first half of 2001, at prices averaging $50
or more below their 1998 prices that the Department of Commerce had determined
at that time to have been dumped, we, together with Nucor, United States Steel,
Bethlehem, LTV, National, Weirton and WCI, brought anti-dumping petitions on
September 28, 2001 against imports from these 20 countries and countervailing
duty petitions against five countries. These countries, including Argentina,
Australia, Belgium, Brazil, China, France, Germany, India, Japan, South Korea,
the Netherlands, New Zealand, Russia, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan,
Thailand, Turkey and Venezuela, represented nearly 80% of the imported
cold-rolled sheet. In a preliminary ruling in
                                        33


November 2001, the ITC found in favor of the petitioners but will not make its
final injury determination until August-October 2002. On March 4, 2002, the
Department of Commerce issued the following preliminary countervailing duty
margins: Brazil -- 8.22%-12.58%, France -- 1.32%, and Korea -- 0.32%-7%.
However, the Department of Commerce made a preliminary determination that
countervailing subsidies are not being provided in Argentina. On May 9, 2002,
the Department of Commerce issued the following preliminary dumping margins:
Argentina -- 70.56%, Australia -- 24.06%, Belgium -- 11.66%, Brazil -- 43.34%,
France -- 5.17%, Germany -- 8.47%, India -- 153.65%, Japan -- 112.56%-115.22%,
Korea -- 5.25%-19.03%, the Netherlands -- 6.38%, New Zealand -- 7.1%, People's
Republic of China -- 129.85%, Russia -- 137.33%, South Africa -- 43.32%,
Spain -- 46.2%, Sweden -- 40.54%, Taiwan -- 3.15%-16.8%, Thailand --
127.44%-142.78%, Turkey -- 18.34%, and Venezuela -- 72.81%. While we cannot
predict the final outcome of these cases, we believe that affirmative
determinations would likely benefit us, while negative determinations would
likely lead to continued high levels of imports of cold-rolled products at
unfairly traded prices and could also lead to an oversupply condition in the
hot-rolled market, despite import relief, as cold-rolled producers cut back on
their purchase of hot-rolled sheet.

     STRUCTURAL STEEL AND RAIL

     In addition to the various hot and cold flat-rolled steel cases, a number
of structural steel producers have prosecuted anti-dumping cases against imports
of structural steel. In July 1999, Nucor-Yamato, TXI-Chaparral, and Northwestern
Steel and Wire filed anti-dumping cases on imports of structural steel products
from Japan and Korea. In April 2000, the Department of Commerce found duties of
32-65% on imports from Japan and 15-45% on imports from Korea. In June 2000, in
a 6-0 vote, the ITC found injury, or threat of injury, to the U.S. structural
steel industry and the Department of Commerce imposed anti-dumping duty orders.
These orders will remain in effect for at least five years, subject to annual
administrative review. At the end of five years, the ITC will conduct a sunset
review. In May 2001, a coalition of U.S. structural steel beam producers filed
anti-dumping petitions with the Department of Commerce and the ITC, alleging
that imports of structural steel beams from eight other countries, China,
Germany, Italy, Luxembourg, Russia, South Africa, Spain and Taiwan, are being
sold at less than fair value and are causing or threatening to cause material
injury to the U.S. structural steel beam industry. The petitions seek the
imposition of anti-dumping duties ranging from 35% to 160%. The Department of
Commerce has recently made its preliminary determinations with respect to sales
at less than fair value. The preliminary results are mixed, with high duties
applicable to China and Russia and moderate duties applicable to Germany, South
Africa, and Taiwan. However, the Department of Commerce has preliminarily found
that imports of structural steel beams from Italy, Luxembourg, and Spain are not
being sold at less than fair value in the United States. On May 20, 2002, the
Department of Commerce issued the following final dumping margins:
Germany -- 8.09%-35.75%, Luxembourg -- 15.23%, People's Republic of
China -- 0%-89.17%, Russia -- 230.66%, South Africa -- 5.17%, Spain -- 5.29%,
Taiwan -- 5.21%-13.11%. However, the Department of Commerce found that imports
of structural steel from Italy were not being sold at less than fair value in
the United States.

     There are anti-dumping duty and countervailing duty orders against imports
of rails from Canada. However, there are currently no Canadian steel makers
producing rails. There are no anti-dumping duty or countervailing duty orders
outstanding against imports of rails from any other country nor are there any
current investigations.

SECTION 201 INVESTIGATION

     On June 5, 2001, President Bush announced a three-part program to address
the excessive imports of steel that have been depressing markets in the United
States. The program involves (1) negotiations with foreign governments seeking
near-term elimination of inefficient excess steel production capacity throughout
the world, (2) negotiations with foreign governments to establish rules that
will govern steel trade in the future and eliminate subsidies, and (3) an
investigation by the ITC under Section 201 of the Trade Act of 1974 to determine
whether steel is being imported into the United States in such quantities as to
be a substantial cause of serious injury to the U.S. steel industry. Therefore,
on June 22, 2001, the Bush Administration requested

                                        34


that the ITC initiate an investigation under Section 201 of the Trade Act of
1974. Products included in the request are in the following categories, subject
to exclusion of certain products:

     (1) carbon and alloy flat products;

     (2) carbon and alloy long products;

     (3) carbon and alloy pipe and tube; and

     (4) stainless steel and alloy tool steel products.

     HOT-ROLLED, COLD-ROLLED AND COATED STEEL

     On October 22, 2001, in the first step of the three-step Section 201
process, the ITC ruled that approximately 80% of the U.S. steel industry
suffered material injury due to imported steel products, including carbon and
alloy hot-rolled, cold-rolled, coated and semi-finished slab products. Of the 33
steel products included in the petition brought by the U.S. Trade Representative
and President Bush, 12 products, including the products we produce, were
affirmed for injury by unanimous 6-0 votes. On December 7, 2001, in the second
step of the process, the ITC recommended tariffs of approximately 20%-40% as
well as tariff quotas in some cases, and these recommendations were transmitted
to President Bush for final action. On March 5, 2002, in the third and final
step of the Section 201 process, President Bush imposed a three year tariff of
30% for the first year, 24% for the second year and 18% for the third year on
imports of hot-rolled, cold-rolled and coated sheet. He also imposed a tariff of
15% for the first year, 12% for the second year and 9% for the third year on
imports of tubular steel products, and a tariff on imported steel slabs of 30%,
24% and 18% in the first, second and third years, respectively, on tons in
excess of an annual quota of 5.4 million in 2002, 5.9 million in 2003 and 6.4
million in 2004. North American Free Trade Agreement partners of the United
States, principally Canada and Mexico, are excluded from the tariffs, as are
"developing countries" that, in the aggregate, account for less than 3% of
imported steel. These Section 201 remedies are cumulative with any existing
tariffs or quotas in the anti-dumping cases. They are also directed at products
rather than the countries that produce those products, thereby providing some
import relief even if some steel products find their way to exporting countries
not covered by anti-dumping margin or countervailing duty orders.

     The President's decision to implement a Section 201 remedy is not
appealable to U.S. courts. However, foreign governments may appeal to the WTO,
and the European Union, Japan and other countries have already prosecuted such
appeals. These dispute settlement proceedings at the WTO and further appeals to
the Appellate Body of the WTO generally take 15-24 months. However, a country or
an importer may request specific exemptions from the operation of a Section 201
tariff, and, to date, hundreds of such exemption requests have been filed and
are awaiting official action. Moreover, a number of affected countries have
imposed or threatened to impose various retaliatory tariffs on U.S. steel or
other products. Accordingly, there is a risk that rulings adverse to the United
States or substantial political pressures could result in the President changing
the remedy, granting substantial exemptions from the remedy or terminating the
remedy entirely prior to the full three years, although any such modification
would apply only prospectively.

     STRUCTURAL STEEL AND RAIL

     By a vote of 4-2, the ITC determined on October 22, 2001, that structural
steel and rails were not being imported into the United States in such increased
quantities as to be a substantial cause of serious injury or the threat of
serious injury to the U.S. industry. Consequently, the U.S. structural steel and
rail producers will not be directly eligible for any relief proposed by the
President as a result of the Section 201 investigations. The ITC determined that
the U.S. structural steel and rail industry was not seriously injured primarily
because of its "double-digit operating margins," and positive performance trends
including, increased capacity and shipments, higher employment and new
investment. With regard to threat of injury, the ITC found that the existing
orders and the pending investigations made future increases in imports unlikely.

                                        35


INTEGRATED MILLS VERSUS MINI-MILLS

     There are generally two kinds of primary steel producers, "integrated
mills" and "mini-mills." We are a mini-mill producer. The following diagram
illustrates the different processes the two types of producers use.

[DIAGRAM ILLUSTRATING (1) THE INTEGRATED PRODUCER STEEL MANUFACTURING PROCESS,
WHICH CONSISTS OF COAL BEING CONVERTED TO COKE IN COKE OVENS, COKE BEING
COMBINED WITH IRON ORE AND LIMESTONE IN A BLAST FURNACE, THE RESULTING PIG IRON
BEING COMBINED WITH SCRAP IN A BASIC OXYGEN FURNACE, THE RESULTING LIQUID STEEL
PROCEEDING THROUGH A METALLURGY STATION AND CONTINUOUS CASTER AND THE RESULTING
BILLETS, BLOOMS AND/OR SLABS PROCEEDING THROUGH A REHEAT FURNACE, ROUGHING MILL
AND FINISHING MILL AND (2) THE MINI-MILL STEEL MANUFACTURING PROCESS, WHICH
CONSISTS OF SCRAP OR SCRAP SUBSTITUTE PROCEEDING THROUGH AN ELECTRIC ARC
FURNACE, THE RESULTING LIQUID STEEL PROCEEDING THROUGH A METALLURGY STATION AND
CONTINUOUS CASTER AND THE RESULTING BILLETS, BLOOMS AND/OR SLABS PROCEEDING
THROUGH THE REHEAT/TUNNEL FURNACE AND FINISHING MILL]

     Steel manufacturing by an "integrated" producer involves a series of
distinct but related processes, often separated in time and in plant geography.
The process involves ironmaking followed by steelmaking, followed by billet or
slab making, followed by reheating and further rolling into steel plate or bar,
or flat-rolling into sheet steel or coil. These processes may, in turn, be
followed by various finishing processes (including cold-rolling) or various
coating processes (including galvanizing). In integrated producer steelmaking,
coal is converted to coke in a coke oven, then combined in a blast furnace with
iron ore (or pellets) and limestone to produce pig iron, and then combined with
scrap in a "basic oxygen" or other furnace to produce raw or liquid steel. Once
produced, the liquid steel is metallurgically refined and then either poured as
ingots for later reheating and processing or transported to a continuous caster
for casting into a billet or slab, which is then further shaped or rolled into
its final form. Typically, though not always, and whether by design or as a
result of downsizing or re-configuration, many of these processes take place in
separate and remote facilities.

     In contrast, a mini-mill, such as our Butler mini-mill, uses an electric
arc furnace to directly melt scrap or scrap substitutes, thus entirely
eliminating the energy-intensive blast furnace. A mini-mill unifies the melting,
casting and the hot-rolling into a continuous process. The melting process
begins with the charging of a furnace vessel with scrap steel, carbon and lime,
following which the furnace vessel's top is swung into place, electrodes are
lowered into the furnace vessel through holes in top of the furnace, and
electricity is applied to melt the scrap. The liquid steel is then checked for
chemistry and the necessary metallurgical adjustments are made, typically while
the steel is still in the melting furnace or, if the plant has a separate
staging area for that process (as our Butler mini-mill does), the liquid steel
is transported to an area, commonly known as a ladle metallurgy station. From
there, the liquid steel is transported to a continuous caster, which consists of
a turret, a tundish (a type of reservoir which controls the flow of liquid
steel) and a water-cooled copper-lined mold. The liquid steel passes through the
continuous caster and exits as an externally solid slab. The slab is then cut to
length and proceeds directly into a tunnel furnace, which maintains and
equalizes the slab's temperature. After leaving the tunnel furnace, the slab is
descaled and then it proceeds into the first stand of a rolling mill operation.
In the rolling process, the steel is progressively reduced in thickness. The
final product is wound into coil and may be sold either directly to end-users or
to intermediate steel processors or service centers, where it may be pickled,
cold-rolled, annealed, tempered or galvanized.

     As a group, mini-mills are generally characterized by lower costs of
production and higher productivity than integrated mills. This is due, in part,
to lower capital costs and to lower operating costs resulting from their
streamlined melting process and smaller, more efficient plant layouts. Moreover,
mini-mills have tended to employ a management culture, such as ours, that
emphasizes flexible, incentive-oriented non-union labor practices and have
tended to be more willing to adapt to newer and more innovative management
styles that encourage decentralized decision-making. The smaller plant size of a
mini-mill also permits greater flexibility in the choice of location for the
mini-mill in order to optimize access to scrap supply, energy costs,
infrastructure and markets, as is the case with our Butler mini-mill.
Furthermore, a mini-mill's more efficient

                                        36


plant size and layout, which incorporates the melt shop, metallurgical station,
casting, and rolling in a unified continuous flow under the same roof, have
reduced or eliminated costly re-handling and re-heating of partially finished
product. They have also adapted quickly to the use of new and cost-effective
equipment, thereby translating technological advances in the industry into
efficient production.

THE FLAT-ROLLED STEEL MARKET

     The flat-rolled steel market represents the largest steel product group,
accounting for approximately 68.8 million net tons, or 65% of the total 1999
U.S. steel shipments of approximately 106.2 million net tons and 71.2 million
net tons, or 65% of the total 2000 U.S. steel shipments of approximately 109.1
million net tons. Flat-rolled products consist of hot-rolled, cold-rolled and
coated sheet and coil.

     The following table shows the U.S. shipments of flat-rolled steel, in net
tons, by hot-rolled, cold-rolled and coated production, as reported by the
American Iron and Steel Institute, for the five years from 1996 through 2000.



                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                      --------------------------------
                                                      1996   1997   1998   1999   2000
                                                      ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
                                                           (MILLIONS OF NET TONS)
                                                                   
U.S. SHIPMENTS:
Hot-Rolled(1).......................................  27.1   29.0   25.3   27.7   29.3
Cold-Rolled(2)......................................  15.8   15.2   15.8   16.8   18.0
Coated(3)...........................................  20.7   22.0   22.8   24.3   23.9
                                                      ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
     Total..........................................  63.6   66.2   63.9   68.8   71.2
                                                      ====   ====   ====   ====   ====
Percentage of Total U.S. Steel Shipments............   63%    63%    62%    65%    65%


---------------

(1) Includes pipe/tube, sheet, strip and plate in coils.

(2) Includes blackplate, sheet, strip and electrical.

(3) Includes tin coated, hot dipped, galvanized, electrogalvanized and all other
    metallic coated.

     HOT-ROLLED PRODUCTS

     All coiled flat-rolled steel is initially hot-rolled, a process that
consists of passing a cast slab through a multi-stand rolling mill to reduce its
thickness to less than 1/2 inch. Hot-rolled steel is minimally processed steel
coil that is used in the manufacture of various non-surface critical
applications, such as automobile suspension arms, frames, wheels, and other
unexposed parts in auto and truck bodies, agricultural equipment, construction
products, machinery, tubing, pipe, tools, lawn care products and guard rails.

     COLD-ROLLED PRODUCTS

     Cold-rolled steel is hot-rolled steel that has been further processed
through a pickler and then successively passed through a rolling mill without
reheating until the desired gauge, or thickness, and other physical properties
have been achieved. Cold-rolling reduces gauge and hardens the steel and, when
further processed through an annealing furnace and a temper mill, improves
uniformity, ductility and formability. Cold-rolling can also impart various
surface finishes and textures. Cold-rolled steel is used in exposed steel
applications that demand higher surface quality or finish, such as exposed
automobile and appliance panels. As a result, cold-rolled prices are typically
higher than hot-rolled prices. Typically, cold-rolled material is coated or
painted.

     COATED PRODUCTS

     Coated steel can be either hot-rolled or cold-rolled steel that has been
coated with zinc to render it corrosion-resistant and to improve its
paintability. Hot-dipped galvanized, galvannealed, electro-galvanized and
aluminized products are types of coated steels. These are also the highest
value-added sheet products because they require the greatest degree of
processing and tend to have the strictest quality requirements.

                                        37


Coated steel is used in high volume applications, such as automobiles, household
appliances, roofing and siding, heating and air conditioning equipment, air
ducts, switch boxes, chimney flues, awnings, garbage cans and food containers.

THE STRUCTURAL STEEL MARKET

     The structural steel market is a relatively small part of total U.S. steel
shipments. In 1999 and 2000, structural steel shipments were 5.7 million tons,
which represents 5% of the total steel market, and 6.7 million tons, which
represents 6% of the total steel market, respectively. Consumption of structural
steel products is influenced both by new construction and manufacturing activity
and by the selection of steel over alternative structural or manufacturing
materials, which has occurred at a relatively constant rate of 50% over the five
years from 1996 through 2000.

THE RAIL MARKET

     Rail shipments in 2000 were approximately 810,000 tons, with standard rail
averaging 80% of the market over 1998, 1999 and 2000 and premium or
head-hardened rail averaging 20% over 1998, 1999 and 2000. Increased rail
hardness results in a longer lasting product and is achieved by quenching hot
rail with either air or water or by changing rail chemistry through the addition
of alloys. Harder rail is more costly. Rail is produced in or imported into the
U.S. and Canadian markets in standard lengths of 39 to 80 feet, mainly due to
the limitations of existing North American rail production equipment and plant
layouts, as well as the size limitations of ocean freighters with respect to
imports. As a result, in order to produce the 1,600-foot rail "strings" desired
by railroads, 20 80-foot rail sections are required to be welded together. Each
weld is costly to make and adds installation and periodic maintenance costs.

     Of the total annual shipments of rail in 2000, approximately 75% was
produced by the two remaining U.S. rail producers and 25% was imported, mainly
from Japan and from Europe. There are currently no Canadian rail producers.

                                        38


                                    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

     We are one of the most profitable mini-mill steel producers in the United
States in terms of operating profit per ton. We primarily own and operate a
state-of-the-art, low-cost flat-rolled mini-mill located in Butler, Indiana. Our
Butler mini-mill began commercial production in January 1996 and was constructed
in only 14 months, representing what we believe is the shortest construction
period ever for a facility of this kind. The mini-mill currently has an annual
production capacity of 2.2 million tons. The total capital cost of our Butler
mini-mill was $630 million, which we believe is significantly less than the cost
of comparable mini-mills currently operating. Our Butler mini-mill produces a
broad range of high quality hot-rolled, cold-rolled and coated steel products,
including a large variety of high value-added and high margin specialty products
such as thinner gauge rolled products and galvanized products. We sell our
products directly to end-users, intermediate steel processors and service
centers primarily in the Midwestern United States. Our products are used in
numerous industry sectors, including the automotive, construction and commercial
industries.

     In May 2002, we announced plans to construct a low-cost, coil coating
facility at our Butler mini-mill that will further increase our range of
value-added capabilities. Subject to our receipt of applicable permits, we
anticipate starting construction of the facility within the next several months
and expect to commence coating operations in the middle of 2003. The coating
facility is currently expected to have an annual production capacity of 240,000
tons and is estimated to cost $25-$30 million.

     In May 2001, we began construction of a new state-of-the-art structural
steel and rail mini-mill in Columbia City, Indiana. Our Columbia City mini-mill
is designed to have an annual production capacity of 1.3 million tons and
produce structural steel and rails at a higher quality and lower cost than
comparable mini-mills. We expect to spend approximately $315 million to
construct this mini-mill, of which $276 million has been spent as of May 31,
2002. We believe that the initial capital construction costs of our Columbia
City mini-mill will be among the lowest in the industry for such a facility. We
expect to commence commercial structural steel operations in July 2002, ramp up
these operations through regular product introductions and be fully operational
by the end of 2002. In addition, we expect to commence commercial production of
rails during the first quarter of 2003. We constructed our structural steel
facility in 12 months, which we believe is the shortest construction period ever
for a facility of this kind. Our structural steel operation is designed to
produce steel products for the construction, transportation and industrial
machinery markets. Our rail manufacturing operation is designed to produce a
variety of rail products for the railroad industry as well as for rail
contractors, transit districts and short-line railroads.

     Through our joint venture, New Millennium Building Systems, LLC, we also
produce and sell a broad range of steel joists, girders and trusses, as well as
roof and floor decking materials for use in the construction of commercial,
industrial and institutional buildings. New Millennium is seeking to position
itself to be the premier, low-cost producer of these products. New Millennium
began commercial production in July 2000, only seven months after the
commencement of plant construction, and became profitable during its first six
months of operation.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

     We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:

     ONE OF LOWEST COST PRODUCERS IN THE UNITED STATES; STATE-OF-THE-ART
FACILITIES

     We believe that our facilities are among the lowest-cost steel
manufacturing facilities in the United States, providing us with a significant
competitive advantage over other U.S. steel producers. Operating profit per ton
at our facilities was $65, $23 and $34 in 2000 and 2001 and for the three months
ended March 31,

                                        39


2002, respectively, which we believe compares favorably with our competitors.
Our low operating costs are primarily a result of our:

          (1) efficient plant designs and operations, which allow us to utilize
     a streamlined and more efficient steel making process, optimize our use of
     raw materials, and employ fewer workers;

          (2) high productivity rate of between 0.3 to 0.4 man hours per ton at
     our Butler mini-mill (which is significantly lower than the rate for
     integrated steel producers, which we believe is approximately 3.0 man hours
     per ton);

          (3) low ongoing maintenance cost requirements, which we believe are
     below most of our domestic competitors; and

          (4) strategic locations near some of the largest supplies of scrap
     steel in the United States, which allows us to access low-cost sources of
     our primary raw materials due to lower transportation costs and other
     factors.

     WELL-POSITIONED TO BENEFIT FROM IMPROVING STEEL MARKET CONDITIONS

     Domestic spot prices for hot-rolled, cold-rolled, and coated sheet have
increased from recent lows of $210/ton, $300/ton and $320/ton, respectively, in
December 2001 to $320/ton, $410/ton and $425/ton, respectively, in May 2002.
Approximately 80% of our flat-rolled products are sold on the spot market under
contracts with terms of twelve months or less and, therefore, our results of
operations are positively impacted by increases in domestic flat-rolled steel
prices. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the recent
increases in flat-rolled prices. Our capacity utilization rate year-to-date has
been in excess of 100% of our stated capacity.

     EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM AND UNIQUE CORPORATE CULTURE

     Our senior management team is highly experienced and has a proven track
record in the steel industry. Our senior management team pioneered the
development of thin-slab flat-rolled technology and directed the construction
and successful operation of the world's first thin-slab flat-rolled mini-mill in
Crawfordsville, Indiana in the late 1980's. This management team also designed,
built and commenced operation of our Butler mini-mill, under budget and in 14
months, which we believe is the shortest construction period ever for a facility
of this kind. Our senior management's objectives are also closely aligned with
our stockholders through meaningful stock ownership positions and incentive
compensation programs. Our corporate culture is also unique for the steel
industry and affects our employees at all levels. We emphasize decentralized
decision-making and have established incentive compensation programs
specifically designed to reward employee teams for their efforts towards
enhancing productivity, improving profitability and controlling costs. Our stock
option plan is available to all Steel Dynamics' employees.

     DIVERSIFIED PRODUCT MIX

     We believe we have a broad and well-diversified mix of products. Our
products include hot-rolled and cold-rolled steel products, galvanized sheet
products, light gauge steel products, joists and deck materials. Our diversified
mix of products allows us to access a broad range of end-user markets and serve
a broad customer base. In addition, our diversity helps mitigate our exposure to
cyclical downturns in any one product or end-user market. We will further
diversify our product mix once we commence production of structural steel and
rails at our Columbia City mini-mill.

     STRATEGIC GEOGRAPHIC LOCATIONS

     The strategic locations of our facilities afford us close proximity to an
abundant source of scrap materials and to our customer base. As a result, we
realize significant pricing advantages due to freight savings for inbound scrap
and other raw material resources as well as for outbound steel products destined
for our flat-roll mini-mill customers. Our mini-mills are located in the Upper
Midwest, a region which we believe accounts for a majority of the total scrap
produced in the United States. Our Butler mini-mill is located within 300 miles
of
                                        40


our major flat-rolled steel customers and in 2001, 74% of our sales were to
customers within this area. Our Columbia City mini-mill is well located to serve
markets in the Upper Midwest, Northeast and Canada. In addition, all of our
facilities have ready access to other resources, such as gas, power and water,
and excellent access to highway and rail transportation networks.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     Our objective is to use state-of-the-art technologies to produce a broad
range of high-quality steel products at a low cost. Key elements of our strategy
are:

     EXPAND PRODUCT OFFERINGS

     The completion of our Columbia City mini-mill will be an important step in
pursuing our strategy of product line expansion. We believe our Columbia City
mini-mill will produce a diverse mix of structural steel and rails at a higher
quality and lower cost than comparable mini-mills. In addition, this mini-mill
is strategically located to serve the Upper Midwest, Northeast and Canadian
markets, which we believe are attractive and under-served markets. We anticipate
that the Columbia City mini-mill will have an annual production capacity of up
to 1.3 million tons, depending on the product mix, which will increase our steel
making capacity by over 50%. In April 2002, we conducted our first structural
steel melting and casting trials, and in May 2002, we began initial rolling
trials. We plan to commence commercial structural steel operations in July 2002.
In addition, we expect to commence commercial production of rails during the
first quarter of 2003. Our structural steel operation is designed to produce
structural steel beams, pilings and other steel components for the construction,
transportation and industrial machinery markets. Our rail manufacturing
operation is designed to produce a variety of standard and premium grade rails,
including head-hardened rails, for the railroad and other industries at a cost
that, we believe, will be below existing domestic competitors.

     We will continue to devote a substantial portion of our efforts in the
flat-rolled steel market to the production of high value-added thinner gauge
products and galvanized products. The margins on high value-added products
typically exceed those of the commodity grade and the number of producers that
make them is more limited. In 2001 and for the three months ended March 31,
2002, approximately 37% of the tons of steel we produced were high margin, light
gauge steel products. In May 2002, we announced plans to construct a low-cost,
coil coating facility at our Butler mini-mill that will further increase our
value-added capabilities. We will continue to seek additional opportunities to
further expand our range of high value-added products through the expansion of
existing facilities, greenfield projects and acquisitions of other steel
manufacturers or steelmaking assets that may become available through the
continuing consolidation of the domestic steel industry.

     ENTER NEW GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS

     We may seek to enter new steel markets in strategic geographic locations
such as the Southeastern or Western United States that offer attractive growth
opportunities. Due to the recent restructuring of the domestic steel industry,
we believe there are attractive opportunities to grow our business
geographically either through acquisitions of existing assets or through
strategic partnerships and alliances. We may also consider growth opportunities
through greenfield projects, such as our Columbia City mini-mill project.

     CONTINUE TO MAINTAIN LOW PRODUCTION COSTS

     We are focused on continuing to maintain one of the lowest operating cost
structures in the North American steel industry based upon operating cost per
ton. We will continue to optimize the use of our equipment, enhance our
productivity and explore new technologies to further improve our unit cost of
production at each of our facilities. We believe that the initial capital
construction costs of our Columbia City mini-mill will be among the lowest in
the industry for such a facility.

                                        41


     FOSTER ENTREPRENEURIAL CULTURE

     We intend to continue to foster our entrepreneurial corporate culture and
emphasize decentralized decision-making while rewarding teamwork, innovation and
operating efficiency. We will also continue to focus on maintaining the
effectiveness of our incentive bonus-based plans that are designed to enhance
overall productivity and align the interests of our management and employees
with our stockholders.

     MAINTAIN STRONG FINANCIAL POSITION AND FINANCIAL FLEXIBILITY

     We are committed to maintaining a strong capital structure. The refinancing
of our bank facilities in March 2002 was an important step in helping us to
achieve this end, as it provided us with greater financial flexibility. As a
result of improved domestic flat-rolled prices, we also believe it will be
possible to achieve stronger cash flows than in the recent past. In addition, we
estimate that as of May 31, 2002 our capital expenditures for the remainder of
2002 will be $55 million, as our Columbia City mini-mill project is largely
complete. As of March 31, 2002, we had $32 million of cash and an undrawn $75
million revolving credit facility.

OUR OPERATIONS

     BUTLER FLAT-ROLLED MINI-MILL

     Our Butler flat-rolled steel mini-mill manufactures hot-rolled, cold-rolled
and coated steel products. It currently has an annual capacity of 2.2 million
tons. We commenced construction of our Butler mini-mill in October 1994 and
began production of commercial quality steel in January 1996 with an annual
capacity of 1.4 million tons. At the end of 1997, we completed construction of a
cold finishing mill contiguous to our Butler hot mill with an annual capacity of
1.0 million tons. In July 1998, we completed construction, installation and
start-up of a second twin-shell melting furnace battery, thin-slab caster,
tunnel furnace and coiler, increasing our mini-mill's annual production capacity
to its current level of 2.2 million tons. This additional production capacity of
hot-rolled steel also allows us to take full advantage of the 1.0 million ton
rolling and finishing capacity of our cold mill. Our products are characterized
by high quality surface characteristics, precise tolerances and light gauge. In
addition, our Butler mini-mill was one of the first U.S. flat-rolled mini-mills
to achieve ISO 9002 and QS 9000 certifications. We believe that these
certifications have enabled us to serve a broader range of customers and
end-users which historically have been almost exclusively served by integrated
steel producers.

     The Hot Mill.  The following diagram illustrates our hot-rolled mill
operations:

                     BUTLER MINI-MILL HOT-ROLLED OPERATION

[DIAGRAM ILLUSTRATING THE PROGRESSION OF SCRAP AND SCRAP SUBSTITUTE THROUGH TWIN
SHELL ELECTRIC ARC FURNACES, LADLE METALLURGY STATION, CONTINUOUS CASTERS,
TUNNEL FURNACES, HOT ROLLING MILL, LAMINAR COOLING TABLE AND DOWN COILERS BEFORE
IT IS SHIPPED TO CUSTOMERS AND DIRECTED TO THE COLD MILL]

     Our hot-rolled mini-mill's electric arc furnace melting process begins with
the charging of a furnace vessel with scrap steel, carbon and lime, or with a
combination of scrap and a scrap substitute or alternative iron product. The
furnace vessel's top is swung into place, electrodes are lowered into the
furnace vessel through holes in the top of the furnace, and electricity is
applied to melt the scrap. To the extent any liquid pig iron or other scrap
substitutes are used, such material is typically introduced directly into the
melt mix. We have two twin-shell electric arc melting furnaces that were built
by Fuchs and have a combined annual production capacity in excess of 2.6 million
tons. Our twin-shell furnace design substantially reduces power-off time melting
and reduces tap-to-tap time (the length of time between successive melting
cycles or heats) because when melting is being done in one vessel, we can tap
the other vessel and refill it with scrap and steel scrap substitute to make it
ready for the next melt. This results in more heats and greater productivity per
shift. An additional advantage of our twin-shell design is that if there is a
maintenance problem requiring work on one vessel, melting can proceed in the
other vessel without interruption.

                                        42


     After exiting the furnaces, the liquid steel is transported in a ladle by
overhead crane to an area commonly known as the ladle metallurgy station. At
each metallurgy station, the steel is kept in a molten state while metallurgical
testing, refining, alloying and desulfurizing takes place. We have three
separate ladle metallurgy stations consisting of three furnaces and two
desulfurization stations. Having a separate metallurgy station apart from the
furnaces allows us to maximize the time that the furnaces can be used for
melting scrap.

     The liquid steel is then transported to one of our two continuous thin-slab
casters where it is emptied into a tundish, or reservoir. This reservoir
controls the flow of the liquid steel into a water-cooled copper-lined mold from
which it then exits as an externally solid slab. Our casters were built by SMS
Schloemann-Siemag AG and have a combined annual casting capacity of 2.3 million
tons. We have also designed a special nozzle, which transfers the liquid steel
from the reservoir into the mold, that results in increased productivity and
product quality. The slab from the continuous caster is less than two-inches
thick and proceeds directly into one of our two tunnel furnaces. The tunnel
furnaces maintain and equalize the slab's temperature. The slab leaves the
tunnel furnace and is descaled to remove surface scale prior to its rolling.

     In the hot-rolling operation, the slab is progressively reduced in
thickness. Our hot-rolling mill consists of a seven-stand rolling mill built by
SMS Schloemann-Siemag AG. The mill is equipped with the latest electronic and
hydraulic controls to control such things as gauge, shape, profile and exit
speeds of the steel strip as it moves along the run-out table to help prevent
thinner steel strip from cobbling. The seventh rolling stand which we added
allows us to further roll our sheet steel to even thinner gauges, down to 1.0
mm, with excellent surface quality, and enables us to access markets previously
available only to more costly cold finished material.

     After exiting the hot-rolling mill, the rolled sheet steel is cooled and
wound into coils. The coil form allows the strip to be easily handled and
transported. We sell a portion of our hot band coil production directly to
end-users or to intermediate steel processors or service centers, where they may
be pickled, cold-rolled, annealed, tempered or galvanized. The rest of our hot
band coil production is directed to our cold mill where we add value to this
product through our own pickling, cold-rolling, annealing, tempering or
galvanizing processes.

     Throughout the hot-rolling process, laser optical measuring equipment and
multiple x-ray devices measure all strip dimensions, allowing adjustments to
occur continuously and providing feedback information to the mill process
controls and computers. The entire production process is monitored and
controlled by both business and process computers. Production schedules are
created based on order input information and transmitted to the mill computers
by the plant business system. As the material is processed, operating and
quality data are gathered and stored for analysis of operating performance and
for documentation of product parameters to the customer. The system then
coordinates and monitors the shipping process and prints all relevant paper work
for shipping when the coil leaves the plant.

     The Cold Mill.  Our cold mill is located adjacent to our hot mill and
produces products that require gauges, properties or surfaces that cannot be
achieved in our hot mill. Cold-rolled sheet produced by us is hot-rolled sheet
that has been further processed through a continuous pickle line and then
successively passed through a rolling mill without reheating until the desired
gauge and other physical properties have been achieved. Cold-rolling reduces
gauge, hardens the steel and, when further processed through an annealing
furnace and temper mill, improves uniformity, ductility and formability.
Cold-rolling can also add a variety of finishes and textures to the surface of
the steel. The following diagram illustrates our cold-rolled mill operations:

                     BUTLER MINI-MILL COLD-ROLLED OPERATION

[DIAGRAM ILLUSTRATING COILS PROCEEDING THROUGH THE CONTINUOUS PICKLER TO THE
CENTRAL COIL STORAGE AREA AND (1) SHIPPED TO CUSTOMERS AS FINISHED PRODUCT, (2)
GALVANIZED ON THE HOT-ROLLED GALVANIZING LINE AND SOLD AS FINISHED PRODUCT OR
(3) PROCESSED THROUGH THE COLD-REVERSING MILL AND UPON EXITING THE
COLD-REVERSING MILL, (1) SHIPPED TO CUSTOMERS, (2) GALVANIZED ON THE COLD-

                                        43


ROLLED GALVANIZING LINE AND SHIPPED TO CUSTOMERS OR (3) PROCESSED THROUGH THE
BATCH ANNEALING FURNACES AND THE TEMPER MILL AND SHIPPED TO CUSTOMERS]

     Our cold-rolled mill process begins with hot-rolled product from our
hot-rolling mill entering our continuous pickle line. At the entry end of the
continuous pickle line, we have two reels to unwind coils and a welder to join
the coils together. We unwind the coils on alternate reels and attach them end
to end by the welder, creating a continuous strip through the pickle tanks. The
center section of the 700-foot pickle line consists of a scale breaker/tension
leveler, pickling tanks where the strip moves through a bath of hydrochloric
acid that thoroughly cleans the strip in preparation for galvanizing and rolling
operations, and rinse tanks. At the delivery end of the line there is a reel for
recoiling the pickled product. After recoiling, each coil is stored in a central
coil storage area. The design of the continuous pickle line allows for the
production of a wide combination of gauges and widths on the light gauge steel
supplied by the hot mill. The process equipment was supplied by Davy
International, while the polypropylene pickling tanks were supplied by Allegheny
Plastics.

     From the central coil storage area, we move our coils in one of three
directions. We can (1) ship pickled and oiled coils directly to customers from
the continuous pickle line as finished product; (2) immediately galvanize some
coils on the hot-rolled galvanizing line which is then sold as finished product;
or (3) process coils through our cold-reversing mill.

     Pickled and oiled coils that are not intended for immediate shipping or
hot-rolled galvanizing are processed in our cold reversing mill. Our cold
reversing mill was built by SMS Schloemann-Siemag AG and is one of only two
semi-tandem two-stand reversing cold-rolling operations in the world. This
configuration provides considerably higher throughput than a conventional
single-stand reversing mill, yet also takes advantage of considerably lower
equipment costs than the conventional four to six-stand tandem cold-rolling
mill. The rolling mill is configured with multiple x-ray gauges, hydraulic
bending systems, rolling solution controls, gauge controls and strip flatness
controls used to produce an extremely high level of product quality parameters.
The cold-rolling mill also uses a process control computer using sophisticated
mathematical models to optimize both quality and throughput.

     Product that exits the cold reversing mill can then be shipped as finished
product, transported to our cold-rolled galvanizing line or transported to our
batch annealing furnaces. In the cold-rolled galvanizing line, cold-rolled coils
are heated in an annealing furnace and coated while still hot in a pot of molten
zinc. As the coil leaves the pot, various coating controls ensure that the
product matches the customer's requirements. The coils are then shipped as
finished product. The cold-rolled galvanizing line and the hot-rolled
galvanizing line are very similar, but the cold-rolled galvanizing line has a
more elaborate and larger strip heating furnace that is required to anneal
cold-rolled product. We designed our continuous pickle line and the two
galvanizing lines concurrently and procured the equipment from the same
manufacturer. As a result, the equipment of our three lines share a commonality
of parts and we have been able to realize a high degree of flexibility and cost
savings in the management of our spare parts.

     Cold-rolled coils that do not require galvanizing proceed to our batch
annealing furnaces. The batch annealing furnaces heat and then cool the coils in
a controlled manner to reduce the hardness of the steel that is created in the
cold-rolling process. The batch annealing furnaces heat the steel in a hydrogen
environment that optimizes the efficiency of the heating process and produces a
product that is superior to conventional batch annealing with regard to
cleanliness and uniform metallurgical characteristics. Computer models determine
and control the heating and cooling the coils based on current knowledge of heat
transfers and steel characteristics.

     Coils from the annealing furnaces are then temper-rolled and shipped as
finished product. The temper mill consists of a single stand four-high rolling
mill designed for relatively light reduction of the product. The temper mill
introduces a small amount of hardness into the product and further enhances the
overall flatness and surface quality of the product. The temper mill also has an
x-ray gauge to monitor strip thickness. This mill was purchased concurrently
with the two-stand cold-rolling mill from SMS Schloemann-Siemag AG and thus we
have again been able to realize a high degree of flexibility and cost savings
with regard to management of spare parts.
                                        44


     As with our hot mill, our cold mill is linked by means of business and
process computers. We expanded our computer systems to comprehend order entry of
the additional cold mill products, and we accomplish all of our line scheduling
in the computer systems through schedules transmitted to the appropriate process
related computers. We collect operating and quality data for analysis and
quality control purposes, and for reporting product data to customers.

     COLUMBIA CITY STRUCTURAL STEEL AND RAIL MINI-MILL

     In May 2001, we began construction of our new state-of-the-art structural
steel and rail mini-mill in Columbia City, Indiana to produce a variety of
structural steel and rail products. We expect the structural steel and rail
mini-mill to have a meltshop annual capacity of between 1.0 and 1.3 million
tons, depending on product mix. We expect to be able to produce a variety of
structural products, including structural steel beams, pilings and other steel
components for the construction, transportation and industrial machinery
markets, and a variety of standard and premium grade rail products, including
head-hardened rails, for the railroad industry. This mini-mill is currently
designed to produce structural steel shapes in the 6" through 36" range, with a
planned focus on the mid-range of 8" through 24", but we have the flexibility to
move efficiently between various sized structural steel products and between
structural steel and rail products. We expect to commence commercial structural
steel production in the second quarter of 2002 and of commercial rail production
in the first quarter of 2003. We anticipate that our Columbia City mini-mill
will cost approximately $315 million, excluding capitalized interest costs. As
of May 31, 2002, our total incurred capital costs, excluding capitalized
interest costs, for this mini-mill were $276 million.

     The following diagram illustrates the melting, casting and rolling process
that we plan to employ in our mini-mill to produce both structural steel and
rail.

               COLUMBIA CITY STRUCTURAL STEEL AND RAIL OPERATION

[DIAGRAM ILLUSTRATING THE PROGRESSION OF SCRAP AND SCRAP SUBSTITUTE THROUGH
ELECTRIC ARC FURNACES, LADLE METALLURGY STATION AND CONTINUOUS CASTER, THE
PROGRESSION OF BLOOMS AND BEAM BLANKS, THE RESULTING SEMI-FINISHED SHAPES,
THROUGH THE REHEAT FURNACE AND HOT ROLLING MILL AND THE PROGRESSION OF THE
RESULTING STRUCTURAL SHAPES THROUGH THE COOLING BED AND STRAIGHTENER BEFORE
BEING SHIPPED TO CUSTOMERS AND THE RESULTING RAIL THROUGH HEAD-HARDENING, THE
COOLING BED AND THE STRAIGHTENER BEFORE BEING SHIPPED TO CUSTOMERS]

     Our structural steel and rail mini-mill will melt scrap and scrap
substitutes in an electric arc furnace much the same way as in our flat-rolled
mini-mill. We currently plan to use a single shell furnace but have purchased
and will install a second furnace, which will provide us with back-up melting
capability in case of a furnace breakdown or periodic maintenance outage. We are
only currently permitted to use one furnace at any given a time. While we plan
to use 100% scrap as the primary raw material, the system will be configured to
accept a liquid pig iron product should we someday decide to place an Iron
Dynamics module at the Columbia City plant site. The furnace was built by SMS
Demag AG and includes features that are expected to permit us to employ more
thermally efficient melting practices. The furnace will also feature a removable
shell that is expected to enable us to do off-line repair and refractory
relining, will come equipped with a unique quick-change roof configuration and
will also feature a fast tap hole tube change configuration that is expected to
speed up this periodic replacement process.

     From the furnace the molten metal will then be transported from the furnace
to a separate ladle metallurgy furnace where, as in the flat-rolled mini-mill,
we will adjust the mix for temperature and chemistry. We will then take the
liquid steel to a continuous caster, where, unlike our Butler mini-mill that
produces a single strand of flat stock, our structural steel caster will cast
three strands, expandable to four, of blooms and beam blanks. The caster
utilizes a curved mold that will produce five sizes of material -- one bloom,
which is rectangular shaped, and four beam blanks, which are dog bone shaped, in
varying lengths of 17-48 feet. The caster design will accommodate a quick-change
tundish nozzle system designed to optimize the continuous

                                        45


casting process and achieve a low operational cost per ton. The tundish bottoms
are also designed to change from a bloom opening to any of four beam blank sizes
to allow greater flexibility in product choice. The caster was built by SMS
Concast and is expected to be capable of producing 1.2 million tons per year in
our initial set-up.

     After exiting the mold, the multiple strands will continue through a series
of sprays and roller supports to precisely cool and contain the cast shapes.
Straightener rolls will then unbend the curved strands onto a horizontal
pass-line, where they will be cut to length by automatic torches. We will then
weigh the cast pieces and transport them either directly through a reheat
furnace, built by A.C. Leadbetter, to a hot-rolling mill or into a storage area
for rolling at a later time. In the hot-rolling mill, the product will pass
through a breakdown stand where it will be rolled into either a structural steel
product or a rail product, depending on the roll-configuration and number of
passes. The product will then be transferred to a 3-stand tandem mill, which
consists of a universal rougher, an edger and a universal finisher. The
hot-rolling mill will be an advanced four-stand (all reversing) mill built by
SMS Demag AG with an annual capacity of up to 1.6 million tons. The mini-mill is
expected to be capable of producing wide flange beams from 6" X 4" to 36" X 12",
standard beams, piling sections, M-shape sections, sheet piling, channels, car
building shapes, bulb angles and zee's and rail sections.

     Downstream of the hot-rolling mill, a hot saw will cut the structural steel
or rail product to a maximum 246-foot length before it enters a cooling bed.
After cooling, the structural steel products will be straightened on a roller
straightener and cut to length as required by a particular order. The product is
then piled and bundled and shipped as finished product.

     For the production of rail products, our caster will be fitted with new
molds and segments to cast the new 13" X 10" bloom required for rail production.
We will also add electro magnetic stirring within the caster to improve surface
quality and reduce internal cracking. The reheat furnace, which will heat the
blooms to the proper rolling temperature, will also be fitted with automation
changes for the charging and discharging machines. We will also operate
additional descaling equipment prior to the rolling process, as well as a rail
stamper and manipulator. Both vertical and horizontal straighteners will be used
to produce a rail that is true along all axes. After straightening, the rail
products will be tested, cut to length and drilled. In our testing center, we
will provide ultrasonic testing or the detection of internal defects, an eddy
current machine to spot surface cracks, a profile gauge for dimensional
accuracy, and a straightness/waviness measurement machine. We have installed the
foundations to have the capability with the purchase and installation of
additional cooling and handling equipment to manufacture 320-foot rail lengths,
which are neither produced in nor imported into the U.S. or Canadian rail
markets.

     IRON DYNAMICS STEEL SCRAP SUBSTITUTE FACILITY

     Since 1997, Iron Dynamics has tried to develop and commercialize a
pioneering process of producing a virgin form of iron that might serve as a
lower cost substitute for a portion of the metallic raw material mix that goes
into our electric arc furnaces to be melted into new steel. Historically, the
price of steel scrap, as a commodity, has tended to be volatile, rising and
falling with supply and demand and not always in lock step with or in proportion
to the market price of new steel. Therefore, having a lower cost alternative
source of virgin iron for a portion of a mini-mill's melt mix could be expected
to partially buffer some of the anticipated effects of scrap price volatility.
With the growing proportion of electric furnace steelmaking, both worldwide and
domestically, we believe that developing a cost-effective alternate iron source
to augment scrap, our primary raw material, makes good economic sense in the
long run.

     We initially funded our Iron Dynamics subsidiary by a $30 million equity
investment. Iron Dynamics also secured a $65 million secured bank credit
facility. Iron Dynamics established a plant site contiguous to and partially
within our Butler, Indiana plant campus, and in October 1997 began construction
of a facility for the production of direct reduced iron and liquid pig iron.

     Direct reduced iron is a metallic product made from iron ore or iron ore
"fines" that have been treated in a "direct reduction" furnace, such as a rotary
hearth furnace, with either natural gas or coal to reduce the iron oxide to
metallic iron. The method selected by Iron Dynamics is one that uses coal as the
reducing agent.
                                        46


Liquid pig iron, the ultimate end product intended to be produced by Iron
Dynamics, is a pure metal product produced by smelting the direct reduced iron
in a submerged arc furnace. Our Iron Dynamics facility was designed and built
for the production of direct reduced iron and its conversion into liquid pig
iron. We initially estimated that the Iron Dynamics plant, as designed, would be
capable of producing approximately 480,000 metric tons of liquid pig iron
annually, all of which we planned to use in our own steelmaking operations.

     The plant commenced initial start-up in August 1999. During this
preliminary start-up, however, we encountered a number of significant equipment
failures and design deficiencies, which required Iron Dynamics to undertake
certain costly and time-consuming redesign, re-engineering and equipment
replacement work and to operate this new facility at greatly reduced output
levels. A design and retrofit program began in late 1999 and continued
throughout 2000, during which time we produced only slightly over 33,000 metric
tons of liquid pig iron during the first two quarters of 2000, or 14% of
capacity.

     In early July 2000, Iron Dynamics suspended operations to effect certain
pre-planned repairs, including the installation of a new submerged arc furnace
and a number of additional capital projects, including the installation of two
hot briquetters, a new off-gas system for the submerged arc furnace, a sludge
reclamation system, and a hot pan conveyance system. In March 2001, Iron
Dynamics restarted the facility. However, while we believed that Iron Dynamics
had corrected many of the deficiencies as a result of higher than expected
start-up and process refinement costs, low production quantities, exceptionally
high energy costs and historically low steel scrap pricing, we again suspended
Iron Dynamics' ironmaking operations in July 2001, with no specific date set for
resumption of actual production.

     As of March 31, 2002, our equity investment in the Iron Dynamics project
was $159 million.

     We believe that even with additional development and refinement to the
equipment, technology systems and processes, the Iron Dynamics facility may only
be able to achieve monthly output levels between 75%-85% of our original
estimates, resulting in higher unit costs than originally planned. We currently
estimate that these developments and refinements, if implemented, would cost
approximately $15 million. However, we are entitled to a $6 million refund from
one of our equipment manufacturers in connection with these improvements, which
we would expect to apply toward this cost. We are currently evaluating the
entire project, its costs and its potential benefits. We cannot assure you that
our Iron Dynamics facility will become operational again. In addition, if we do
decide to recommence operations, we estimate that it will take at least 18
months before the facility is commercially operational. We refer you to "Risk
Factors -- Technology, operating and start-up risks associated with our Iron
Dynamics scrap substitute project may prevent us from realizing the anticipated
benefits from this project and could result in a loss of our investment" for
additional information.

     NEW MILLENNIUM FACILITY

     In September 1999, we and New Process Steel Holding Co., Inc., a major
processor and distributor of coated flat-rolled products, organized New
Millennium, an Indiana limited liability company. Our ownership interest is
46 1/2%, but our vote is determinative on all material matters requiring an
affirmative vote, except for some matters relating to activities outside the
ordinary course of business, which require a unanimous vote. At March 31, 2002,
our financial investment in New Millennium was $5 million, and we have
unconditionally guaranteed $3 million of the $18 million of debt outstanding
under the New Millennium credit agreement.

     New Millennium began construction of its manufacturing facility in Butler,
Indiana, on its own site, in December 1999 and substantially completed the
facility in the second quarter of 2000 for a total capital cost of approximately
$23 million. New Millennium purchases rolled steel for its joist and deck
operation from us as well as from third party steel suppliers. New Millennium
operates in a 242,000 square foot facility on 96 acres in Butler, Indiana and
ships its products through outside freight companies to customers. New
Millennium does not perform any construction work at the job site. New
Millennium also operates a 17,000 square foot engineering and administrative
office on its Butler site.

                                        47


PRODUCTS AND CUSTOMERS

     BUTLER FLAT-ROLLED MINI-MILL

     Products.  Our Butler mini-mill produces hot-rolled products that include a
variety of high quality mild and medium carbon and high strength low alloy
hot-rolled bands in 40 inch to 62 inch widths and in thicknesses from .500 inch
down to .080 inch. During each of 2000 and 2001, we produced 1.3 million tons of
these hot-rolled products.

     We also produce an array of lighter gauge hot-rolled products, ranging in
thickness from .080 inch and thinner, including high strength low alloy 80,000
minimum yield and medium carbon steels made possible by the addition of our
seventh hot-rolling stand. These products are suitable for automobile, truck,
trailer and recreational vehicle parts and components, mechanical and structural
steel tubing, gas and fluid transmission piping, metal building systems, rail
cars, ships, barges, and other marine equipment, agricultural equipment and farm
implements, lawn, garden, and recreation equipment, industrial machinery and
shipping containers. We believe that our basic production hot band material has
shape characteristics that exceed those of the other thin-slab flat-rolled
mini-mills and compares favorably with those of the integrated mills. In
addition, as a result of our lighter gauge hot-rolling capabilities, we are now
able to produce hot-rolled hot-dipped galvanized and galvannealed steel
products. These products are capable of replacing products that have
traditionally only been available as more costly cold-rolled galvanized or
cold-rolled galvannealed steel. During 2000 and 2001, we produced 677,000 and
751,000 tons of these lighter gauge hot-rolled products, respectively.

     In our cold mill, we also produce hot-rolled pickled and oiled, hot-rolled
hot dipped galvanized, hot-rolled galvannealed, cold-rolled hot dipped
galvanized, cold-rolled galvannealed and fully processed cold-rolled sheet.

     Customers.  The following tables show information about the types of
products we produced and the types of customers we sold to in 2000 and 2001:



                                                              2000   2001
                                                              ----   ----
                                                               
PRODUCTS:
Hot band....................................................   41%    40%
Pickled and oiled...........................................    8     12
Cold-rolled.................................................   19     14
Hot-rolled galvanized.......................................   16     17
Cold-rolled galvanized......................................   16     17
                                                              ---    ---
     Total..................................................  100%   100%
                                                              ===    ===
CUSTOMERS:
Service center (including end-user intermediaries)..........   88%    82%
Pipe and tube...............................................    8      5
Original equipment manufacturer.............................    4     13
                                                              ---    ---
     Total..................................................  100%   100%
                                                              ===    ===


     During 2001, we sold our products to approximately 246 customers. In 2001,
our largest customers were Heidtman, Worthington Steel and Metals USA, which in
the aggregate accounted for approximately 29% of our total net sales. Heidtman
accounted, individually, for approximately 19%, 21% and 18% of our net sales in
1999, 2000 and 2001, respectively. Metals USA filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy
protection on November 14, 2001 and received from the Bankruptcy Court final
approval of a debtor-in-possession financing facility in January 2002.

     Steel processors and service centers typically act as intermediaries
between primary steel producers, such as us, and the many end-user manufacturers
that require further processing of hot bands. The additional processing
performed by the intermediate steel processors and service centers include
pickling, galvanizing,

                                        48


cutting to length, slitting to size, leveling, blanking, shape correcting, edge
rolling, shearing and stamping. Notwithstanding the completion of our cold mill
and our increased utilization in our own cold finishing facility for a
considerable portion of our hot band production, we expect that our intermediate
steel processor and service center customers will remain an integral part of our
customer base. Our sales outside the continental United States accounted for
less than 2% of our total net sales in 2001.

     COLUMBIA CITY STRUCTURAL STEEL AND RAIL MINI-MILL

     Products.  When our structural steel mini-mill is completed, we expect to
have the capability to produce various structural steel products such as wide
flange beams, American Standard beams, miscellaneous beams, "H" piling material,
sheet piling material, American Standard and miscellaneous channels, bulb
angles, and "zees." The following listing shows each of our proposed structural
steel products and their intended markets:



PROPOSED PRODUCT                        PROPOSED MARKET
----------------                        ---------------
                                     
Wide flange, American Standard and
  miscellaneous beams................   Framing and structural girders, columns, bridge
                                        stringers, ribs or stiffeners, machine bases or
                                        skids, truck parts and construction equipment
"H" piling...........................   Foundational supports
Sheet piling.........................   Temporary or permanent bulkhead walls,
                                        cofferdams, shore protection structures, dams
                                        and core walls
Channel sections.....................   Diaphragms, stiffeners, ribs and components in
                                        built-up sections
Bulb angles and zees.................   Steel building components


     Customers.  We expect that the principal customers for our structural steel
products will be steel service centers, steel fabricators and various
manufacturers. Service centers, though not the ultimate end-user, provide
valuable mill distribution functions to the fabricators and manufacturers,
including small quantity sales, repackaging, cutting, preliminary processing and
warehousing. We expect that a majority of our structural steel products will be
sold to service centers.

     The marketplace for steel rails in the United States and Canada is
relatively small, approximately 800,000 tons in 2001, and specialized, with only
approximately six Class 1 railroad purchasers: Burlington Northern/Santa Fe,
Union Pacific, Canadian Pacific Railway, Norfolk Southern, CSX Transportation
and Canadian National Railway. These purchasers account for approximately
600,000 tons of annual production. Rail contractors, transit districts and
short-line railroads purchase the rest of the rail products.

     We intend to produce rail in standard and premium or head-hardened grades,
in a range of weights from 115 lbs. per yard to 141 lbs. per yard, in length
from the traditional 80 feet up to 240 feet initially and, ultimately, to 320
feet. We also intend to weld these 240/320 foot rails into 1,600 foot strings
for delivery to the installation site. Such long strings offer substantial
savings both in terms of initial capital cost and through reduced maintenance.
In contrast, current production of rail in the United States, and available
imported rail, is limited to 80-foot lengths, as a result of existing plant
layout restrictions and the physical limitations of ocean freight. The more
welded joints there are in a mile of track, the greater the maintenance cost to
the railroad due to excessive wear and fatigue cracking at the welds.

     NEW MILLENNIUM FACILITY

     Products.  New Millennium fabricates trusses, girders, steel joist and
steel decking for the construction industry. Specifically, New Millennium
manufactures a complete line of joist products, including bowstring, arched,
scissor, double-pitched and single-pitched joists. Decking products include a
full range of roof, form, and composite floor decks.

     Customers.  New Millennium's primary customers are non-residential
contractors. Significant portions of New Millennium's sales are to customers
from outside Indiana, with a concentration in the Upper Midwest

                                        49


area of the United States. We believe that the Upper Midwest presently enjoys
the highest non-residential building spending in the country.

COMPETITION

     BUTLER FLAT-ROLLED MINI-MILL

     Our hot-rolled products compete with many North American integrated
hot-rolled coil producers, such as National Steel Corporation's plants near
Detroit, Michigan and Granite City, Illinois; Ispat Inland Inc.'s plant in East
Chicago, Indiana; Bethlehem Steel Corporation's plants in Burns Harbor, Indiana
and Sparrows Point, Maryland; U.S. Steel's plants in Gary, Indiana, Dravosburg,
Pennsylvania and Fairfield, Alabama; and AK Steel Corporation's plant in
Middletown, Ohio. We also compete with companies that convert steel slabs into
sheet steel, such as Duferco Steel in Farrell, Pennsylvania. Our hot-rolled
products also compete with the products of a number of hot-rolled mini-mills,
such as Nucor Corporation's plants in Crawfordsville, Indiana, Hickman, Arkansas
and Berkeley, South Carolina; Gallatin Steel Company's plant in Ghent, Kentucky;
and North Star BHP Steel LLC's plant in Delta, Ohio. These mini-mills have low
cost structures and flexible production capabilities that are more akin to ours
than to those of the integrated producers.

     With the exception of Gallatin Steel, we compete with these same producers
for the sale of our cold-rolled and coated products. We also compete with a
number of companies, such as Worthington Steel of Columbus, Ohio, Winner Steel
of Youngstown, Ohio and Metaltech of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, which buy their
hot-rolled or cold-rolled bands from other producers and then convert them into
products that are competitive with ours.

     COLUMBIA CITY STRUCTURAL STEEL AND RAIL MINI-MILL

     Our structural steel products will compete with a sizable number of
electric arc furnace structural steelmakers, some of which have cost structures
and flexible management cultures similar to our own. Notable competitors will
include Nucor Steel in Berkeley, South Carolina; Nucor-Yamato Steel in
Blytheville, Arkansas; and TXI-Chaparral Steel in Midlothian, Texas and in
Petersburg, Virginia. There are also a number of smaller competitors, including
Ameristeel in Cartersville, Georgia; Bayou Steel in Laplace, Louisiana; and J&L
Structural Steel in Aliquippa, Pennsylvania. The Nucor mini-mills and the
TXI-Chaparral mini-mills account for over 89% of the tons produced in North
America in 2001. We also believe, however, that both geography and product
choice will play significant roles. We believe that most of Canada's structural
steel consumption is also located on Canada's eastern seaboard. Moreover, we
intend to provide a broad product mix, focusing on the mid-range and larger
section served only by Nucor Yamato Steel and TXI-Chaparral from locations more
remote than our mini-mill.

     The rail market is presently principally served by two producers: Rocky
Mountain Steel, a division of Oregon Steel Mills, Inc. in Pueblo, Colorado, and
Pennsylvania Steel Technologies, a subsidiary of Bethlehem Steel Corporation in
Steelton, Pennsylvania. Each of these producers has the capability to produce
either standard or premium rail, although neither is equipped to produce rail in
240-foot or 320-foot lengths as we will do. Our rail products will compete with
these producers. Our rail products will also compete with similar products from
a number of high quality integrated and electric furnace steel producers in
Europe and Asia, including British Steel, Voest-Alpine Schienen, Nippon Steel
and NKK.

     NEW MILLENNIUM FACILITY

     New Millennium's main competitors at a national level are Vulcraft, a
division of Nucor; Canam; and SMI, a division of Commercial Metals. New
Millennium also has a number of competitors on a regional basis, located in the
Upper Midwest, including Canam, Socar and Gooder-Henderson, as well as several
local suppliers with facilities located in Pittsburgh, Cleveland, Detroit,
Indianapolis, Chicago and Milwaukee. We believe that New Millennium has several
advantages over its competitors, including lower material and freight costs, as
well as excellent product quality.

                                        50


SOURCES AND AVAILABILITY OF SCRAP AND SCRAP SUBSTITUTE

     Our principal raw material is scrap metal derived from, among other
sources, junked automobiles, industrial scrap, railroad cars and railroad track
materials, agricultural machinery and demolition scrap from obsolete structures,
containers and machines.

     SCRAP

     Scrap is the single most important raw material used in our steelmaking
process. The percentage of scrap used in our steelmaking operations may decline
somewhat in future years, depending upon the proportion of scrap substitute
products that may be used from time to time. Currently, scrap substitute
products are not cost competitive with steel scrap.

     As it relates to final product quality, electric arc furnace steel
producers, such as us, can normally only tolerate a maximum .2% level of
residual materials such as non-ferrous metallic contamination from copper,
nickel, tin, chromium, and molybdenum, which, once having been dissolved into
steel cannot be refined out. In order for the scrap melt to provide this level
of quality under present circumstances, the mill must use approximately 60% of
"low residual" scrap or an equivalent material. Such low residual scrap
generally takes the form of No. 1 dealer bundles, No. 1 factory bundles,
busheling, and clips. We may then use various grades of higher residual, and
thus less expensive, scrap, which can be blended with low residual scrap to keep
within impurity tolerances.

     Many variables impact scrap prices, the most critical of which is U.S.
steel production. Generally, as steel demand increases, so do scrap demand and
resulting prices. The reverse is also normally but not always true, with scrap
prices following steel prices downward where supply exceeds demand. During late
2000, the flood of imported steel, much of it unfairly traded, resulted in
sharply reduced new steel production with corresponding decreases in the need
for, and thus the price of, scrap. This corresponding decrease in the price of
scrap mitigated somewhat the impact of sharply declining prices for our new
steel products during 2000 and 2001 and enabled us to maintain some modest
profit margins despite the severe market dislocation. The precipitous decline in
scrap prices in 1999 and 2000 caused dealers to retain their inventories and to
withhold them from sale, thus causing some short-term supply shortages even in
the face of a supply/demand inversion at the consumer levels.

     Nonetheless, we believe that the demand for low residual scrap will rise
more rapidly than the supply in the coming years, especially with the increased
number of electric arc furnace mini-mills that have been built or commenced
operations in recent years. As a result, in order to maintain an available
supply of scrap at competitive market prices, we seek to maintain a strong and
dependable source through which to purchase scrap of all grades, including low
residual scrap, and have been attempting to develop our own "captive" scrap
substitutes supply.

     Since our inception, we have insured a stable scrap supply for our Butler
mini-mill through an exclusive scrap supply agreement with OmniSource, which
extends at least through December 31, 2002. We are currently considering an
extension of our exclusive relationship with OmniSource and are also evaluating
the establishment of additional alliances with other major scrap suppliers.

     SCRAP SUBSTITUTES

     Direct reduced iron, hot briquetted iron and pig iron can substitute for a
limited portion of the steel scrap used in electric furnace mini-mill steel
production. Historically, we have used a relatively small percentage of scrap
substitutes in our melt mix. In 2001, the percentage of scrap substitutes we
used in our melt mix was 15% by weight, mainly solid and generally imported pig
iron. During 2001, we purchased approximately 232,000 tons of solid pig iron, of
the 1.7 million tons of metallics that we purchased. We also bought minimal
quantities of direct reduced iron and hot briquetted iron. All of these scrap
substitute purchases were made on the spot market at prevailing market prices,
and we do not anticipate any difficulty in the future in purchasing whatever
quantities we wish, if any, of these materials.

                                        51


     During 2001, prior to the July shutdown of operations, we purchased 22,000
metric tons of Iron Dynamics' liquid pig iron. We have an "off-take" agreement
with Iron Dynamics that obligates us to purchase Iron Dynamics' output of liquid
pig iron, generally at a market based formula price, but this agreement is only
operative if and to the extent that Iron Dynamics is able to produce liquid pig
iron meeting the product specifications prescribed by us in the agreement.

ENERGY RESOURCES

     ELECTRICITY

     With respect to our Butler mini-mill, our electric service contract with
American Electric Power extends through December 31, 2007. The contract
designates only 185 hours annually as "interruptible service" during 2001 and
these interruptible hours further decrease annually through expiration of the
agreement. The contract also provides that the circumstances necessary to
warrant any hours of service interruptions must be of an emergency nature and
not related to price and demand. The contract also establishes an agreed fixed
rate for the rest of our electrical usage. Interruptible service subjects us to
the risk of interruption at any time in the operation of the AEP system, whether
as a result of an AEP peak demand, or even if AEP were able to obtain a higher
market price from an alternate buyer.

     With respect to our Columbia City structural steel and rail mini-mill, the
plant site is located within the service territory of Northeast Indiana
R.E.M.C., a rural electric cooperative and a member of the Wabash Valley Power
Association. We have not yet finalized any electricity supply arrangements for
this mini-mill, but, once finalized, we will be required to arrange power
transmission over lines owned by American Electric Power.

     GAS

     We use approximately 9,000 to 11,000 decatherms of natural gas per day in
our Butler flat-rolled mini-mill. A decatherm is equivalent to 1 million BTUs or
1,000 cubic feet of natural gas. We have a delivery contract on the Panhandle
Eastern Pipeline that extends through April 2008 relating to our Butler
mini-mill. We also have a delivery contract with NIPSCO/NIFL/Crossroads that
extends through October 2005 relating to our Butler mini-mill. We maintain a
liquid propane storage facility on site in Butler with sufficient reserves to
sustain operations at our flat-rolled mini-mill for approximately one week in
the event of an interruption in the natural gas supply.

     With respect to our structural steel and rail mini-mill, we have entered
into an agreement with NIPSCO for gas service under its Rate Schedule 330, which
will provide firm burnertip supply and transportation service for all natural
gas requirements at this mini-mill. The agreement includes a volume-dependent
transportation fee and forgoes all balancing charges. This agreement precludes
the need for a separate pipeline transportation agreement. The agreement is for
a period of three years, beginning with the first use of gas in production. We
anticipate purchasing gas at market prices at commencement of operations.
However, we expect to minimize price volatility by entering into hedging
transactions on the futures markets.

     OTHER

     We use oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen and argon for production purposes, which
for our Butler mini-mill, we purchase from the adjacent plant of Air Products
and Chemicals, Inc. Air Products uses its plant not only to supply us but also
to provide oxygen and other gases to other industrial customers. As a result, we
have been able to effect very favorable oxygen and other gas purchase prices on
the basis of Air Products' volume production. Praxair, Inc. is building a
similar facility within our Columbia City mini-mill. Praxair will be a captive
facility to our Columbia City mini-mill.

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

     We have a trademark for the mark "SDI" and an accompanying design of a
steel coil and a chevron. Our Iron Dynamics subsidiary has filed five patent
applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office relating

                                        52


to its methods of producing low sulfur liquid pig iron. As of the date of this
filing, we have received three of those patents.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     At the present time, we engage in no third party research and development
activities. Our Iron Dynamics subsidiary, however, has been engaged in research
and development efforts in connection with its attempts to develop a process for
the production of direct reduced iron and the conversion of that product into
liquid pig iron. Most of this research and development effort has been conducted
in-house by Iron Dynamics' officers and employees.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     Our operations are subject to substantial and evolving environmental,
health and safety laws and regulations concerning, among other things, emissions
to the air, discharges to surface and ground water and to sewer systems, noise
control and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and
disposal of toxic and hazardous substances. In particular, we are dependent upon
both state and federal permits regulating discharges into the air or into the
water in order to be permitted to operate our facilities. We believe that in all
current respects our facilities are in material compliance with all provisions
of federal and state laws concerning the environment and we do not believe that
future compliance with such provisions will have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. Since
environmental laws and regulations are becoming increasingly stringent and the
subject of increasingly vigorous enforcement, our environmental capital
expenditures and costs for environmental compliance will likely increase in the
future. In addition, due to the possibility of unanticipated regulatory or other
developments, the amount and timing of future environmental expenditures may
vary substantially from those currently anticipated. The cost for current and
future environmental compliance may also place U.S. steel producers at a
competitive disadvantage with respect to foreign steel producers, which may not
be required to undertake equivalent costs in their operations.

     Pursuant to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA, which
governs the treatment, handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes, the
United States Environmental Protection Agency, or U.S. EPA, and authorized state
environmental agencies conduct inspections of RCRA regulated facilities to
identify areas where there may have been releases of solid or hazardous
constituents into the environment and require the facilities to take corrective
action to remediate any such releases. RCRA also allows citizens to bring
certain suits against regulated facilities for potential damages and clean up.
Our steelmaking facilities are subject to RCRA. While we cannot predict the
future actions of the regulators or other interested parties, the potential
exists for required corrective action at these facilities, the costs of which
could be substantial.

     Under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act, or CERCLA, the U.S. EPA and, in some instances, private parties have the
authority to impose joint and several liability for the remediation of
contaminated properties upon generators of waste, current and former site owners
and operators, transporters and other potentially responsible parties,
regardless of fault or the legality of the original disposal activity. Many
states, including Indiana, have statutes and regulatory authorities similar to
CERCLA and to the U.S. EPA. We have a number of waste handling agreements with
various contractors, including a hazardous waste disposal agreement with
Envirosafe Services of Ohio, Inc. to properly dispose of our electric arc
furnace dust and certain other waste products of steelmaking. However, we cannot
assure you that, even if there has been no fault by us, we may not still be
cited as a waste generator by reason of an environmental clean up at a site to
which our waste products were transported.

     In addition to RCRA and CERCLA, there are a number of other environmental,
health and safety laws and regulations that apply to our facilities and may
affect our operations.

     COLUMBIA CITY MINI-MILL AIR PERMIT

     There is a pending U.S. EPA administrative enforcement action alleging that
the company began actual construction of the Columbia City mini-mill before it
had received full approval of its prevention of significant
                                        53


deterioration, or PSD, permit. Actual construction of the Columbia City
mini-mill was not allowed to begin until its PSD air permit became effective on
April 23, 2001, although certain site preparation activities were permissible
beforehand. The company believes that the Columbia City mini-mill site
activities were and are in material compliance with the applicable laws and
regulations and have provided information to the U.S. EPA, which we believe
demonstrates our compliance. Nevertheless, the February 16, 2001 U.S. EPA Notice
of Violation relating to this matter has not yet been resolved, and we cannot
predict what the outcome will be or when it may be reached. As with any
enforcement action, substantial monetary fines and penalties are possible.

     BUTLER MINI-MILL RELEASE REPORTING

     On September 27, 2001, the U.S. EPA sent the company a pre-filing notice
letter alleging certain reporting violations of the Emergency Planning and
Community Right-to-Know Act, or EPCRA, and of CERCLA. Under these laws, releases
of regulated chemicals above set threshold quantities must be reported
immediately. The allegations stem from one or more accidental releases of spent
pickle liquor on the Butler mini-mill site and into adjacent waterways in
January 1999. U.S. EPA's letter indicates the agency is seeking $145,200 in
civil penalties, although that amount is subject to change. On October 31, 2001,
the company responded to the allegations. This matter is ongoing, and the
outcome and timing of this contemplated enforcement action cannot be predicted
at this time.

     BUTLER MINI-MILL AIR EMISSIONS

     There is also a pending U.S. EPA September 27, 2001 Notice of Violation
alleging a number of air emissions-related violations at the Butler mini-mill
between July 1996 and May 2000. The company met with U.S. EPA on November 15,
2001, to discuss the issues raised in the Notice of Violation. The U.S. EPA has
not disclosed the amount of civil penalties it is seeking. As with any ongoing
administrative enforcement action, the company cannot predict what the outcome
will be or when it may be reached.

EMPLOYEES

     Our work force consisted of 725 employees at March 31, 2002, excluding
employees then employed by New Millennium and Paragon Steel Enterprises. None of
Steel Dynamics', New Millennium's or Paragon Steel Enterprises' employees are
represented by labor unions. We believe that our relationship with our employees
is good.

PROPERTIES AND FACILITIES

     Our corporate headquarters are located in our new building in Fort Wayne at
6714 Pointe Inverness Way, Suite 200. We currently occupy approximately 10,000
square feet of a 50,000 square foot office building we constructed during 2000.
The building is in a prime commercial real estate location and we are presently
in the process of leasing the balance of office space to commercial tenants. Our
plant and administrative offices that serve our Butler mini-mill are located on
approximately 840 acres, in Butler, DeKalb County, Indiana. During 1999, we
purchased approximately 108 acres of additional unimproved farmland contiguous
or in close proximity to our Butler mini-mill for future development. Iron
Dynamics' facility is located on approximately 26 acres, within the footprint of
our Butler, Indiana mill site, that are leased from us under a long-term lease
at nominal consideration. Our Columbia City structural steel and rail mini-mill
is situated on a 609-acre tract of land in Columbia City, Indiana.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     H&M Industrial Services, Inc., formerly known as National Industrial
Services, Inc., filed an action on January 24, 2001, against our subsidiary Iron
Dynamics in the Circuit Court of DeKalb County, Indiana, Cause No.
17C01-0101-CP-016. They are asking for damages of approximately $1.7 million
arising out of work allegedly performed by H&M, for which they claim they have
not been paid, in connection with the construction of Iron Dynamics' ironmaking
facility. We have denied all liability to H&M for any amount and believe that we
have adequate defenses to such claims, both factually and legally, under the
governing construction contracts and documents.

                                        54


                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and
executive officers as of March 31, 2002.



NAME                                     AGE                      POSITION
----                                     ---                      --------
                                         
Keith E. Busse.........................  59    President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                               Director
Mark D. Millett........................  42    Vice President and General Manager of the
                                               Flat-Roll Division and Director
Richard P. Teets, Jr. .................  46    Vice President and General Manager of the
                                               Structural Division and Director
Tracy L. Shellabarger..................  45    Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial
                                               Officer and Director
Leonard Rifkin.........................  71    Director
John C. Bates..........................  58    Director
Dr. Jurgen Kolb*.......................  59    Director
Joseph D. Ruffolo*.....................  60    Director
Naoki Hidaka...........................  47    Director
James E. Kelley*.......................  83    Director
Richard J. Freeland....................  65    Director
Paul B. Edgerley.......................  46    Director


---------------

* Member of the Audit Committee

     Keith E. Busse co-founded our company in September 1993 and has been our
President and Chief Executive Officer and a director since inception. Mr. Busse
is also the President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Iron
Dynamics. Prior to 1993, for 21 years, he worked for Nucor Corporation as
Division Controller, as Vice President and General Manager of its Vulcraft
Division and as Vice President and General Manager of its Fastener Division. In
1987, he was given the responsibility to coordinate and direct the building in
Crawfordsville, Indiana of the world's first thin-slab flat-rolled mini-mill.
Mr. Busse remained with Nucor's Crawfordsville Division as its Vice President
and General Manager until his resignation in August 1993. Mr. Busse is a
director of Tower Financial Corporation, a bank holding company.

     Mark D. Millett co-founded our company in September 1993 and was our Vice
President of Melting and Casting until 1998. Since then he has served as Vice
President and General Manager of our Flat-Roll Division. Mr. Millett has been a
director since 1993. He is also a Vice President and director of Iron Dynamics.
Previously, from 1982 to 1993, Mr. Millett worked for Nucor as chief
metallurgist at its Darlington, South Carolina facility, and then as manager of
its Hazelett thin-slab casting project in 1985. In 1987, he joined Mr. Busse's
senior management team to help build the Nucor Crawfordsville mini-mill, and
from 1987 until his resignation in August 1993, Mr. Millett served as Melting
and Casting Manager for the Crawfordsville mini-mill.

     Richard P. Teets, Jr. co-founded our company in September 1993 and was our
Vice President of Rolling and Finishing until 1998. Since then he has served as
Vice President and General Manager of our Structural Division. Mr. Teets has
been a director since 1993. Previously, Mr. Teets worked for LTV Steel Co., Inc.
in the engineering, maintenance and production areas, and in 1987 was hired by
Nucor to be one of the senior managers of the construction of the Crawfordsville
mini-mill. In 1991, Mr. Teets assumed the responsibilities for the
Crawfordsville mini-mill's cold-rolling and finishing operations as Manager.

     Tracy L. Shellabarger joined our company as its Vice President of Finance
and Chief Financial Officer and director in July 1994. He is also Vice President
of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Iron Dynamics. Previously, from 1987
to 1994, Mr. Shellabarger worked for Nucor, first as its Manager of Internal
Audit in its

                                        55


Charlotte, North Carolina office, and then as its Controller at the
Crawfordsville mini-mill. He also served as a member of the senior management
team that constructed and operated that facility for Nucor.

     Leonard Rifkin was elected a director of our company in September 1994. Mr.
Rifkin has been the President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of
OmniSource from 1959 to the present and, since September 1996, has also served
as Chairman of the Board. He is also a director of Tower Financial Corporation,
a bank holding company.

     John C. Bates was elected a director of our company in September 1994. Mr.
Bates is the President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Heidtman,
which he joined in 1963, and for which he has served as President, Chief
Executive Officer and a director since 1969.

     Dr. Jurgen Kolb was initially elected a director of our company in April
1996 and is a member of our audit committee. Dr. Kolb is also a director of Iron
Dynamics. Dr. Kolb was a member of the executive board of Salzgitter, AG, a
German steelmaker, and, from 1986 to 2001, served as its Director of Sales. He
retired in 2001.

     Joseph D. Ruffolo was elected a director of our company in 1999. Mr.
Ruffolo has been a principal of Ruffolo Benson LLC (formerly Ruffolo Richard
LLC), a business and financial consulting firm, since 1994. Prior to that, Mr.
Ruffolo was the President and Chief Executive Officer of North American Van
Lines, Inc. Mr. Ruffolo is a member of our audit committee. Mr. Ruffolo is also
a director of Tower Financial Corporation, a bank holding company.

     Naoki Hidaka was elected a director of our company in 2001. Mr. Hidaka is
Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Chicago Office, and General
Manager of the Rolled Steel & Ferrous Raw Materials Division, of Sumitomo
Corporation of America. Prior to that, from June 1998 to March 2001, Mr. Hidaka
was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Auburn Steel Company, Inc. and
from March 1998 to May 1998, Deputy General Manager of Steel Business Planning
and Investment. From May 1995 to February 1998, he was Manager, Plate Export
with Sumitomo Corporation of Japan.

     James E. Kelley has been a director of our company since 2000. For over the
past five years, Mr. Kelley has been the Chairman of Kelley Automotive, Inc. and
various affiliated companies that own and operate approximately 18 franchised
auto dealerships in Indiana and Georgia. In addition, Mr. Kelley is the owner of
Jim Kelley Leasing and Kelley Cars, Inc., fleet automobile and truck leasing
companies; Midwest Auto Parts, a wholesale supplier of car and truck parts;
Consolidated Airways, a fixed based operator at Fort Wayne International
Airport; and Kelley Grain Co. and Trans Oil Ltd., seed and grain enterprises
operating in the Republic of Moldova.

     Richard J. Freeland has been a director of our company since 2000. For over
the past five years, Mr. Freeland has been the President and Chief Executive
Officer of Pizza Hut of Fort Wayne, Inc. and six affiliated companies that own
and operate approximately 41 Pizza Hut franchised restaurants in Indiana and
Ohio.

     Paul B. Edgerley has been a director of our company since 2002 and was a
director of our company from 1994 to 1999. Mr Edgerley has been Managing
Director of Bain Capital, Inc. (venture capital) since May 1993 and, from 1990
to 1993, a general partner of Bain Venture Capital. He is also a director of
Sealy Corporation, Anthony Crane Rental LP and Walco International, Inc.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

     The board of directors consists of twelve persons, each serving a one-year
term of office expiring at our Annual Meeting in 2003. Under our bylaws,
however, the board of directors may amend the bylaws to specify a greater or
lesser number of directors.

     During 2001, we held five regularly scheduled and special meetings of the
board of directors. All directors attended at least 75% of the meetings of the
board and of the various committees on which they served during 2001.

                                        56


     We have an audit committee to which our financial and legal personnel, as
well as our independent auditors, have free access. We established the audit
committee to make recommendations to the board of directors with respect to our
accounting policies, internal controls, financial reporting practices,
contingent risks, and risk management strategies and plans, the services and
fees of our independent auditors, and the selection of our independent auditors.
The audit committee, which consists of three non-employee directors, met five
times during 2001.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     We pay non-employee director fees of $3,000 per board of directors meeting
and $1,500 per board of directors' committee meeting. In addition, we have a
board of directors and stockholder approved Non-Employee Director Stock Option
Plan. Under the plan, each person who is a member of the board of directors and
who is not an officer or employee of our company on May 21 and November 21 of
each year during the term of the plan is automatically granted on each such date
a nonstatutory stock option, which vests and is exercisable in six months and
which expires in five years. Each option grant allows the holder to purchase
shares of our common stock equal to the number of whole shares, rounded up or
down, calculated by dividing a grant value of $15,000 by the fair market value
of our common stock on the date such option is granted. The purchase price must
be 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the grant date.

                                        57


                           RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

HEIDTMAN CONTRACT

     During 2000 and 2001, we sold approximately 428,000 tons and 405,000 tons
of our steel products to Heidtman for $142.8 million and $112.3 million,
representing approximately 21% and 18% of our total net sales for each year,
respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2002, we sold approximately
104,300 tons of our steel products to Heidtman for $27.8 million, representing
approximately 17% of our total net sales for that period. We have a long-term
"off-take" agreement with Heidtman that extends through March 2007. Under the
off-take agreement, Heidtman is obligated to buy and we are obligated to sell to
Heidtman at least 76,000 tons of our hot band products per quarter or 336,000
tons annually and at least 15,000 tons of our cold-rolled products per quarter
or 60,000 tons annually. Our pricing to Heidtman is determined by either a
market or a spot market pricing formula. For market priced sales of hot-rolled
steel, pricing is determined on an "all-in" cost plus basis, together with all
published extras. For spot market sales of hot-rolled steel, pricing is
determined on the basis of a discounted market index. Pricing for cold-rolled
products is determined on a marginal revenue basis over hot-rolled sheet. John
Bates is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Heidtman, is a member of
our board of directors and is the beneficial owner of 6.5% of our common stock
as of March 31, 2002.

OMNISOURCE CONTRACT

     We have had an ongoing relationship with OmniSource, pursuant to which
OmniSource has agreed to act as our exclusive scrap purchaser and to use its
best efforts to locate and secure for us such scrap supplies as we may from
time-to-time wish to purchase, at the lowest then available market prices for
material of like grade, quantity and delivery dates. The cost to us of
OmniSource-owned scrap is the price at which OmniSource, in bona fide market
transactions, can actually sell material of like grade, quality and quantity.
With respect to general market brokered scrap, the cost to us is the price at
which OmniSource can actually purchase that scrap in the market, without mark-up
or any other additional cost. For its services, OmniSource receives a commission
per gross ton of scrap received by us at our mini-mill. All final decisions
regarding scrap purchases belong to us, and we maintain the sole right to
determine our periodic scrap needs, including the extent to which we may employ
scrap substitutes in lieu of or in addition to scrap. No commission is payable
to OmniSource for scrap substitutes purchased or manufactured by us. In
addition, OmniSource maintains a scrap handling facility, with its own equipment
and staff, on our plant site. OmniSource does not pay rent for this facility.
The agreement extends at least through December 31, 2002.

     During 2000 and 2001, we purchased 1.4 million tons of scrap, or 80% of our
total scrap and scrap substitute purchases, and 1.5 million tons of scrap, or
87% of our total scrap and scrap substitute purchases, respectively, from
OmniSource. For these purchasing services, we paid OmniSource fees of $4 million
during 2000 and $4 million during 2001. For the three months ended March 31,
2002, we purchased approximately 310,600 tons of our total scrap from
OmniSource, representing approximately 75% of our total scrap purchases for that
period. We paid OmniSource fees of $869,725 during the first quarter of 2002 for
these services. Leonard Rifkin, who is a member of our board of directors, is
the Chairman of the board of directors of OmniSource and is also a stockholder
of our company.

LICENSE AGREEMENT BETWEEN IRON DYNAMICS AND SUMITOMO

     Iron Dynamics has entered into a license agreement with Sumitomo
Corporation of America, pursuant to which Sumitomo is authorized, on an
exclusive world-wide basis, except within the United States and Canada, and
except for additional plants that Iron Dynamics may wish to construct for its
own use or for our use, to sublicense to others or to use certain proprietary
know-how or other intellectual property that constitutes Iron Dynamics' scrap
substitute manufacturing process or is part of the Iron Dynamics project and
which may be developed by Iron Dynamics in connection with the manufacture of
direct reduced iron or liquid pig iron. Though Iron Dynamics' operations have
been suspended, these license rights are still in effect, and, if Iron Dynamics'
operations resume and its ironmaking process is ultimately proven to be
commercially viable, Sumitomo could build and construct plants for the
production of direct reduced iron and liquid pig iron, either

                                        58


for itself or for others within the licensed territory, for which Iron Dynamics
would be entitled to receive a one-time license fee from Sumitomo, based on each
plant's rated production capacity, plus a negotiated royalty fee for the use of
Iron Dynamics' or our patents or know-how. As of March 31, 2002, Sumitomo had
not licensed or sublicensed any facilities. Sumitomo Corporation of America is a
stockholder and Mr. Naoki Hidaka who is a member of our board of directors is
Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Chicago office and General
Manager of the Rolled Steel and Ferrous Raw Materials Division of Sumitomo
Corporation of America.

NEW MILLENNIUM JOINT VENTURE

     In September 1999, we and New Process Steel Holding Co., Inc., a major
processor and distributor of coated flat-rolled products, organized New
Millennium, an Indiana limited liability company. Our ownership interest is 46
 1/2%, but our vote is determinative on all material matters requiring an
affirmative vote, except for certain matters specifically requiring a unanimous
vote. Our financial investment in New Millennium was $5 million as of March 31,
2002. In addition, we have unconditionally guaranteed $3 million of the $18
million of debt outstanding under the New Millennium credit agreement as of
March 31, 2002. We treat New Millennium as a consolidated subsidiary. New
Millennium fabricates trusses, girders, steel joist and steel decking for the
construction industry.

     New Millennium began construction of its manufacturing facility in Butler,
Indiana in December 1999 and substantially completed the facility in the second
quarter of 2000, at a total capital cost of approximately $23 million. New
Millennium purchases rolled steel for its joist and deck operation from us as
well as from third party steel suppliers, at market prices. New Millennium
operates its facility on its own 96-acre plant site in Butler, Indiana.

     We believe that all of the transactions described in this section are on
terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from unaffiliated third
parties.

                                        59


                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2002, and as adjusted to reflect the
sale of the common stock offered in this prospectus, by (i) each person known by
us to be beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock, (ii) each
director of our company, (iii) each named executive officer, (iv) each selling
stockholder and (v) all executive officers and directors as a group. Unless
otherwise indicated, each of the stockholders has sole voting and investment
power with respect to the shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.



                                             SHARES BENEFICIALLY                  SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                             OWNED PRIOR TO THE                     OWNED AFTER THE
                                                  OFFERINGS         NUMBER OF          OFFERINGS
                                             -------------------   SHARES BEING   -------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNERS         NUMBER     PERCENT     OFFERED       NUMBER    PERCENT
-------------------------------------        ---------   -------   ------------   --------   --------
                                                                              
Salzgitter AG..............................  6,222,874    12.5%
  38223 Salzgitter, Germany
General Electric Capital Corporation.......
  1600 Summer Street, 5th Floor
  Stamford, CT 06927
Heidtman Steel Products, Inc. .............  2,995,642     6.0
  HS Processing
  Centaur, Inc.
  640 Landy Road
  Erie, MI 48133
Keith E. Busse(1)..........................  1,286,505     2.6
Mark D. Millett(2).........................  1,117,049     2.2
Richard P. Teets, Jr.(3)...................  1,177,498     2.4
Tracy L. Shellabarger(4)...................    326,245       *
John W. Nolan(5)...........................     59,177       *
Leonard Rifkin(6)..........................    758,687     1.5
John C. Bates(7)...........................  3,001,167     6.0
Dr. Jurgen Kolb(8).........................      5,525       *
Naoki Hidaka(9)............................    355,201       *
Joseph D. Ruffolo(10)......................      9,525       *
Richard J. Freeland(11)....................      6,525       *
James E. Kelley(12)........................     12,754       *
Paul B. Edgerley(13).......................  1,273,707     2.6
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group
  (13 persons).............................  9,389,565    18.9
Other selling stockholders.................


---------------

  *  Less than 1%

 (1) Includes 12,848 shares, of which 4,283 are not yet vested, received during
     2001 pursuant to our Amended and Restated Officer and Manager Cash and
     Stock Bonus Plan. Also includes 608 shares of common stock held by Mr.
     Busse's son, with respect to which Mr. Busse disclaims beneficial
     ownership. In addition, includes 53,657 shares subject to currently
     exercisable stock options or stock options exercisable within 60 days.

 (2) Includes 12,848 shares, of which 4,283 are not yet vested, received during
     2001 pursuant to our Amended and Restated Officer and Manager Cash and
     Stock Bonus Plan. Includes 40,244 shares subject to currently exercisable
     stock options or stock options exercisable within 60 days.

 (3) Includes 12,848 shares, of which 4,283 are not yet vested, received during
     2001 pursuant to our Amended and Restated Officer and Manager Cash and
     Stock Bonus Plan. Also includes 8,000 shares of

                                        60


     common stock owned by Mr. Teets' spouse, with respect to which Mr. Teets
     disclaims beneficial ownership. In addition, includes 40,244 shares subject
     to currently exercisable stock options or stock options exercisable within
     60 days.

 (4) Includes 11,306 shares, of which 3,769 are not yet vested, received during
     2001 pursuant to our Amended and Restated Officer and Manager Cash and
     Stock Bonus Plan. Also includes 80,600 shares of common stock held by Mr.
     Shellabarger's spouse, and 4,800 shares owned by Mr. Shellabarger's spouse
     for the benefit of Mr. Shellabarger's minor children, with respect to all
     of which Mr. Shellabarger disclaims beneficial ownership. In addition,
     includes 40,244 shares subject to currently exercisable stock options or
     stock options exercisable within 60 days.

 (5) Includes 5,319 shares, of which 1,773 are not yet vested, received during
     2001 pursuant to our Amended and Restated Officer and Manager Cash and
     Stock Bonus Plan. Includes 30,185 shares subject to currently exercisable
     stock options or stock options exercisable within 60 days.

 (6) Includes 6,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Rifkin's spouse, with
     respect to which he disclaims beneficial ownership. Includes 5,525 shares
     subject to currently exercisable stock options or stock options exercisable
     within 60 days.

 (7) Consists of all shares of common stock held of record by Centaur, Inc., HS
     Processing and Heidtman Steel Products, Inc., of which Mr. Bates is the
     President and Chief Executive Officer. Includes 5,525 shares subject to
     currently exercisable stock options or stock options exercisable within 60
     days.

 (8) Consists of 5,525 shares subject to currently exercisable stock options or
     stock options exercisable within 60 days.

 (9) Includes 353,750 shares held of record by Sumitomo Corporation of America
     that Mr. Hidaka may be deemed to beneficially own due to his relationship
     with that entity and 1,451 shares subject to currently exercisable stock
     options or stock options exercisable within 60 days in favor of Mr. Hidaka.
     Mr. Hidaka, however, disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by
     Sumitomo Corporation of America. In June 2002, Sumitomo Corporation of
     America acquired an additional 570,447 shares of our common stock in a
     private transaction which increases his deemed beneficial ownership to an
     aggregate of 925,648 shares, or 1.9%. Mr. Hidaka also disclaims beneficial
     ownership of these recently acquired shares.

(10) Includes 1,000 shares held in Mr. Ruffolo's retirement plan. Also includes
     1,000 shares held by Mr. Ruffolo's spouse, with respect to which he
     disclaims beneficial ownership. In addition, includes 5,525 shares subject
     to currently exercisable stock options or stock options exercisable within
     60 days.

(11) Includes 5,525 shares subject to currently exercisable stock options or
     stock options exercisable within 60 days.

(12) Includes 5,525 shares subject to currently exercisable stock options or
     stock options exercisable within 60 days.

(13) Mr. Edgerley beneficially owns 67,207 of these shares. The balance of
     1,206,500 shares are owned by Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P. over
     which Mr. Edgerley may be deemed to share voting or dispositive power. Mr.
     Edgerley disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent
     of his pecuniary interest therein.

                                        61


                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     The following is a brief description of the basic terms of our material
indebtedness and that of our subsidiaries. It does not purport to be complete
and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
instruments governing the respective indebtedness, copies of which have been
filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a
part.

STEEL DYNAMICS SENIOR SECURED CREDIT AGREEMENT

     In March 2002, we entered into a new $350 million senior secured credit
agreement in order to refinance our existing indebtedness and obtain additional
working capital. Of the $350 million that was made available to us under the
agreement, $75 million is in the form of a five-year revolving credit facility,
$70 million is in the form of a five-year term A loan and $205 million is in the
form of a six-year term B loan. In addition to customary fees payable under
credit facilities of this type, the senior secured credit agreement bears
interest at one of two rates selected by us, the Base Rate (as defined in the
senior secured credit agreement) or the Eurodollar Rate (as defined in the
senior secured credit agreement), plus in each case, an Applicable Margin. The
Applicable Margin will be (a) for the first six months after the closing date
for term A loans and the revolving loans, (i) in the case of Base Rate loans,
2.25% and (ii) in the case of Eurodollar Rate loans, 3.25%, (b) thereafter, for
term A loans and the revolving loans, a percentage determined by reference to
our leverage ratio ranging from .75% to 2.25% for Base Rate loans and from 1.75%
to 3.25% for Eurodollar Rate loans and (c) for term B loans, (i) in the case of
Base Rate loans, 2.75% and (ii) in the case of Eurodollar Rate loans, 3.75%.

     We may elect interest periods of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months. With respect to
Eurodollar Rate loans, interest will be payable at the end of each interest
period and, in any event, at least every three months for interest periods
longer than three months. With respect to Base Rate loans, interest will be
payable quarterly on the last business day of each fiscal quarter.

     The senior secured credit agreement is secured by liens and mortgages on
substantially all of our personal and real property assets, by liens and
mortgages on substantially all of the personal and real property assets of our
wholly-owned subsidiaries and by pledges of all shares of capital stock and
inter-company debt held by us and each wholly-owned subsidiary. Our wholly-owned
subsidiaries guarantee our obligations under the senior secured credit
agreement. As of March 31, 2002, we had borrowings of $275 million under our
senior secured credit facilities, including $70 million outstanding under the
term A loans and $205 million outstanding under the term B loans.

     The senior secured credit agreement contains financial covenants and other
covenants that limit or restrict our ability to make capital expenditures, incur
indebtedness, permit liens on our property, enter into transactions with
affiliates, make restricted payments or investments, enter into mergers,
acquisitions or consolidations, conduct asset sales, pay dividends or
distributions and enter into other specified transactions and activities. We
will also be required to prepay any amounts that we borrowed with the proceeds
we receive from a number of specified events or transactions, including 50% of
proceeds from this offering that exceed the first $50 million, to be applied pro
rata to the term A and term B loans.

9 1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2009

     In March 2002, we issued $200 million aggregate principal amount of senior
unsecured notes due 2009. The senior notes bear interest at a rate of 9 1/2% per
annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on each March 15 and September 15. The
senior notes will mature on March 15, 2009.

     The senior notes are not redeemable at our option prior to March 15, 2006.
At any time on or after March 15, 2006, the senior notes will be redeemable at
our option, in whole or in part, at a premium declining ratably to par on March
15, 2008.

     The indenture governing the senior notes provides that, in the event of a
change of control (as defined in the indenture), we will be required to make an
offer to purchase the senior notes at a price of 101% of the aggregate principal
amount thereof. The indenture also contains restrictive covenants, that, among
other
                                        62


things, impose limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness,
merge, consolidate or sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets,
issue certain preferred stock, pay cash dividends or make distributions on
account of our equity interest, repurchase equity and make certain other
restricted payments, create certain liens, enter into transactions with our
affiliates and sell assets.

IRON DYNAMICS SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITY

     On January 28, 2002, we entered into an agreement with the Iron Dynamics
lenders to extinguish the debt under the Iron Dynamics credit agreement at the
end of March 2002. We complied with each of the settlement requirements, thus
constituting full and final settlement of all of Iron Dynamics' obligations and
our guarantees under the Iron Dynamics credit agreement, causing the Iron
Dynamics credit agreement to terminate. In meeting the requirements of the
settlement agreement, we paid $15 million in cash and issued an aggregate of $22
million, or 1.5 million shares of our common stock during March 2002. In
addition, if Iron Dynamics resumes operations by January 27, 2007, and generates
positive cash flow (as defined in the settlement agreement), we are required to
make contingent future payments in an aggregate not to exceed $22 million.

                                        63


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     The following summary of certain provisions of the common stock does not
purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the
provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, copies of which have
been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is
a part, as well as by the provisions of Indiana's law.

     Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common
stock, par value $.01 per share. As of March 31, 2002, there were 49,706,131
shares of common stock issued and 47,320,217 shares outstanding that were
beneficially owned by approximately 7,600 stockholders. As of March 31, 2002,
2,499,391 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of
outstanding stock options.

COMMON STOCK

     The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of
record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the
election of directors. The Articles do not provide for cumulative voting in the
election of directors and, thus, holders of a majority of the shares of common
stock may elect all of the directors standing for election.

     All holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends,
if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors in its
discretion from funds legally available therefor. Upon the liquidation,
dissolution or winding-up of our company, the holders of common stock are
entitled to receive ratably the net assets of our company that are available
after the payment of all debts and liabilities. Holders of common stock have no
preemptive rights or rights to convert their common stock into any other
securities, nor are there any redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable
to the common stock.

     All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares to be issued in
the offering will be, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF INDIANA LAW REGARDING TAKEOVERS

     As an Indiana corporation, we are subject to certain provisions of Indiana
law which may discourage or render more difficult an unsolicited takeover of our
company. There are two principal statutes relating to this issue that constitute
part of the Indiana corporate law, the statute regulating "business
combinations" and the statute regulating "control share acquisitions."

     Under Chapter 43 of the Indiana corporate law relating to "business
combinations" a corporation (with 100 or more stockholders) may not engage in
any "business combination" with any "interested" stockholder for a period of
five years following the interested stockholder's "share acquisition date"
unless the business combination or the purchase of shares made by the interested
stockholder was approved by the corporation's board of directors prior to the
interested stockholder's share acquisition date. The term "business combination"
is broadly defined to apply to any merger or consolidation of the corporation
and the interested stockholder, as well as any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage,
pledge, transfer, or other disposition (in a single or a series of transactions)
to or with the interested stockholder (or any affiliate or associate thereof) of
any assets of the corporation if the transaction represents 10% or more of the
corporation's assets, outstanding shares of stock, or consolidated net income of
the corporation. Similarly, the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any
of its (or its subsidiary's) stock that has an aggregate market value equal to
5% or more of all the outstanding shares of stock to the interested stockholder
(or any affiliate or associate thereof) is a "business combination," except if
it is in connection with the distribution of a dividend or the exercise of
warrants paid or made pro rata to all stockholders. The term is applicable as
well as to the adoption of any plan of liquidation or dissolution proposed by or
under any understanding with an interested stockholder (or an affiliate or
associate thereof), and to any reclassification of securities, recapitalization,
merger or consolidation with any subsidiary, or any other transaction proposed
by or under any arrangement with the interested stockholder or any affiliate or
associate thereof) that has the "effect" of increasing the proportionate
interest of the interested stockholder in the corporation.

                                        64


     An "interested stockholder," as defined, is any person (other than the
corporation or a subsidiary) that is the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the
voting power, or an affiliate or associate of the corporation that at any time
within the five prior years was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the
voting power. For purposes of the statute, the "share acquisition date" is the
date upon which the person first becomes an interested stockholder of a
corporation. So long as the board of directors does not approve of the business
combination with the interested stockholder, the five-year "blackout" period, in
which the business combination is prohibited, applies, and the board of
directors is required to render its decision within a 30-day period (or sooner
if required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).

     In addition to the absolute five-year business combination prohibition, the
statute also requires that. any business combination between the corporation and
an interested stockholder must satisfy additional statutory conditions. The
board of directors must have approved of the business combination before the
interested stockholder's share acquisition date or a majority of the outstanding
voting stock not beneficially owned by the interested stockholder must have
approved the business combination at a meeting held no earlier than five years
after the interested stockholder's share acquisition date, or the business
combination transaction must meet certain per share values to all stockholders
(keyed to the highest per share price paid by the interested stockholder within
the prior five-year period). All consideration must also be paid either in cash
or in the same form as the interested stockholder has used to acquire the
largest number of shares acquired by it. Furthermore, the statute requires an
interested stockholder to purchase all remaining shares of stock, if any are
purchased, not just one class or series.

     Under Chapter 42 of the Indiana corporate law the "control share
acquisition" statute, "control shares" (shares that, in the election of
directors, could exercise or direct the exercise of voting power of one-fifth,
one-third or a majority or more of all of the voting power) of any "issuing
public corporation" (one hundred or more stockholders, principal office or place
of business, or substantial assets within Indiana, or 10% of its stockholders
resident in Indiana) that are acquired in a "control share acquisition" by an
"acquiring person" will be accorded only such voting rights, after the
acquisition, as are specifically conferred by the stockholders, voting as a
group, excluding all "interested shares." If a person holding "interested
shares" engages in a control share acquisition of control shares, and the
stockholders have not acted to specifically grant those acquired shares the
voting rights they had prior to the control share acquisition, the acquired
shares lose their voting rights. A majority of the shares (excluding interested
shares) must be voted to confer voting rights upon the acquiring person. The
only exemption from this statute is if the corporation's articles of
incorporation or its bylaws provide that this statute does not apply to control
share acquisitions of the corporation's shares, and such provisions must exist
prior to the occurrence of any "control share acquisition." However, the Company
does not have such a provision in either its Articles or in its Bylaws.
Furthermore, if the Articles or Bylaws so provide (and the Articles and Bylaws
do not so provide at this time), control shares acquired in a control share
acquisition with respect to which the shares have not been accorded full voting
rights by the stockholders can be redeemed by the corporation at "fair value."
But if in fact the stockholders of the corporation do vote to accord full voting
rights to the acquiring person's control shares, and if the acquiring person has
acquired control with a majority or more of the voting power, all stockholders
of the issuing public corporation are allowed to invoke dissenters' rights,
providing "fair value" to them (defined as not less than the highest price paid
per share by the acquiring person in the control share acquisition. In order to
secure stockholder approval, as required, the acquiring person must deliver an
acquiring person "statement" to the corporation, setting forth pertinent
information concerning the identity of the acquiring person, the number of
shares already owned, the range of voting power that the control share
acquisition seeks, and the terms of the proposed acquisition. Thereafter, the
directors for the issuing public corporation, within ten days, are required to
call a special meeting of the stockholders to consider the voting rights issue,
and the stockholders meeting must be held within 50 days after receipt of the
statement by the issuing public corporation. The acquiring person can
specifically request that the special stockholders meeting not be held sooner
than thirty days after delivery of the acquiring person's statement to the
issuing public corporation. The corporation's notice of the special stockholders
meeting must be accompanied by the acquiring person's statement, as well as a
statement by the Board of Directors of the corporation, concerning its position
or recommendation (or that it is taking no position or making no recommendation)
with respect to the voting rights issue in the proposed control share
acquisition.
                                        65


TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EquiServe Trust
Company, N.A.

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     We can make no predictions as to the effect, if any, that sales of shares
or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing
from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of significant amounts of the common
stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could
adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our
future ability to raise capital through an offering of our equity securities.

     Upon completion of this offering, we will have a total of           shares
of common stock outstanding. Of these shares,       shares, plus any such shares
which may be acquired by an "affiliate" of us as that term is defined in Rule
144 under the Securities Act, will be "restricted securities" as the term is
defined by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person, or persons
whose shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at
least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner except an
affiliate, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of
shares that does not exceed the greater of:

     - one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding,
       which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering, or

     - the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four
       calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to the
       sale.

     Sales under Rule 144 also are subject to certain manner of sale provisions
and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information
about us. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an
affiliate of Steel Dynamics at any time during the three months preceding a sale
and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two
years, including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate, is
entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

     Rule 701 permits resales of shares in reliance on Rule 144 but without
compliance with specified restrictions of Rule 144. Any employee, officer or
director of or consultant to Steel Dynamics who purchased his or her shares
under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the
resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule
701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements
of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell those shares
in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

     In addition, some of our stockholders who have restricted shares also have
registration rights with respect to their common stock. In accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement dated February 26, 2002, we have filed a
registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of common
stock held by the Iron Dynamics bank lenders who receive restricted shares in
connection with the settlement of the Iron Dynamics credit agreement. As of
        , 2002, there were        remaining restricted shares held by one of
these holders. In addition, other stockholders holding restricted shares have
the right to require us to file a registration statement under the Securities
Act to register their restricted shares of common stock under the Registration
Agreement dated as of June 30, 1994. As of         , 2002, there were
remaining restricted shares held by these stockholders.

     We, our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholders and
other stockholders, have entered into "lock-up" agreements with the
underwriters, providing that we and they will not (1) offer, pledge, sell,
contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option
or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares

                                        66


of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for common stock, or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement
that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences
of ownership of such shares of common stock, whether any such transaction
described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common
stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, for a period of 90 days
after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. on behalf on the
underwriters, other than (1) the sale to the underwriters of the shares of
common stock offered in this offering, (2) the issuance by us of shares of
common stock upon the exercise of an option sold or granted pursuant to our
existing benefit plans and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, or (3)
transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in
open market transactions after completion of this offering.

     The preceding description does not include shares of common stock issuable
upon the exercise of options granted under our stock option plans. We have
registered on Form S-8 under the Securities Act shares of common stock issuable
under options subject to our stock option plan thus permitting, subject to the
lock-up agreements described above, the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates
upon issuance in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act.
As of March 31, 2002, 2,499,391 shares had been reserved by us for issuance
pursuant to options granted under our stock option plans.

                                        67


                  UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
                      NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

     The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income
and estate tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders with respect to
their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. In general, a
"non-U.S. Holder" is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a
United States person for such tax purposes, such as:

     - an individual who is neither a citizen nor a resident of the United
       States;

     - a corporation that is not created or organized in the United States or
       under the laws of the United States or of any state;

     - an estate, the income of which is not included in gross income for U.S.
       federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

     - a trust if either (a) a court within the United States is not able to
       exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust or (b)
       no U.S. person has the authority to control all substantial decisions of
       the trust.

     This discussion is based on the current provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated
thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all of which
are subject to change. Any change, which may or may not be retroactive, could
alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. We
assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common
stock as a capital asset (generally property held for investment). This
discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate
taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that
non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of
U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. This discussion also does not consider any
specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder subject to
special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (such as insurance
companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, brokers, dealers in
securities, partnerships, owners of more than 5% of our common stock and certain
U.S. expatriates). Accordingly, we urge prospective investors to consult with
their own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S.
income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of
shares of our common stock.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON OUR COMMON STOCK

     As previously discussed, we have not declared or paid distributions on our
common stock since our initial public offering and do not expect to pay any
distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend
Policy." In the event we do pay distributions on our common stock, however,
these distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income
tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and
profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a
distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the
excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the holder's investment, up to
the holder's basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as
capital gain. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders on our common stock that are
not effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business will be
subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate or, if a tax treaty applies, a
lower rate specified by the treaty. To receive a reduced treaty rate, non-U.S.
holders must furnish to us or our paying agent a duly completed IRS Form W-8BEN
or substitute form certifying the holder's qualification for the reduced rate.
Where dividends are paid to a non-U.S. holder that is a partnership or other
pass-through entity, persons holding an interest in the entity may also be
required to provide the certification.

     If we determine, at a time reasonably close to the date of payment of a
distribution on our common stock, that the distribution will not qualify as a
dividend because we will not have current or accumulated earnings and profits,
we intend not to withhold any U.S. federal income tax on the distribution as
permitted by Treasury regulations. If we or another withholding agent withholds
tax on any such distribution that is made during a taxable year for which we
have no earnings and profits, you may be entitled to a refund of the tax
withheld which you may claim by filing a United States tax return.
                                        68


GAIN ON SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK

     In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income
tax on any gain realized upon such holder's sale or other disposition of shares
of our common stock unless:

     - the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by
       the non-U.S. holder within the United States, and if required by an
       applicable income tax treaty as a condition to subjecting a non-U.S.
       holder to United States income tax on a net basis, the gain is
       attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder
       maintained in the United States;

     - the non-U.S. holder is an individual and is present in the United States
       for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other
       tests are met; or

     - we are or have been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for United
       States federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the
       five-year period preceding such sale or other disposition or the period
       the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. If we were, or were to become,
       a U.S. real property holding corporation, gains realized upon a
       disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder which did
       not directly or indirectly own more than 5% of our common stock during
       the shorter of the periods described above generally would not be subject
       to United States federal income tax so long as our common stock is
       "regularly traded" (within the meaning of applicable Treasury
       Regulations) on an established securities market.

INCOME OR GAIN EFFECTIVELY CONNECTED WITH A U.S. TRADE OR BUSINESS

     If a non-U.S. holder of our common stock is engaged in a trade or business
in the United States and if dividends on the common stock or gain realized on
the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock is effectively
connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of such trade or business (and, if
an applicable tax treaty requires, is attributable to a U.S. permanent
establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.), the non-U.S.
holder, although exempt from U.S. withholding tax (provided that the
certification requirements discussed in the next sentence are met), will
generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends or gain on a
net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United
States. The non-U.S. holder will be required, under Treasury regulations, to
provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI or successor form in order to claim
an exemption from U.S withholding tax. In addition, if such non-U.S. holder is a
foreign corporation, it may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30
percent (or such lower rate provided by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty) on
a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable
year.

ESTATE TAX

     Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned by an
individual who was a non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in
the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an
applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, and therefore may be subject to
U.S. federal estate tax.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING, INFORMATION REPORTING AND OTHER REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

     A non-U.S. holder may have to comply with specific certification procedures
to establish that the holder is not a United States person in order to avoid
backup withholding with respect to our payments of dividends on the common
stock. We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each
non-U.S. holder the amount of any dividends paid to such holder and the tax
withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was
not required because the dividends were effectively connected dividends or
withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of
this information also may be made available under the provisions of a specific
treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the
non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

     The payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock
to or through a U.S. office of a broker will be subject to information reporting
and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder, under
                                        69


penalties of perjury, certifies, among other things, its status as a non-U.S.
holder or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the
disposition of shares of our common stock to or through a foreign office of a
foreign broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and
information reporting. However, information reporting (but not backup
withholding) will apply to the payment of proceeds from a disposition of shares
of our common stock effected outside the United States by a foreign office of a
broker if the broker is:

     - a U.S. person;

     - a "controlled foreign corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

     - a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain periods
       is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business; or

     - a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year (a) one or more
       of its partners are U.S. persons who, in the aggregate, hold more than
       50% of the income or capital interests of the partnership or (b) the
       foreign partnership is engaged in a U.S. trade or business,

unless the broker has documentary evidence in its file that the owner is a
non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the non-U.S.
holder otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no actual
knowledge to the contrary).

     Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the
backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or
audited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any,
provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely
manner.

     The foregoing discussion of certain U.S. federal tax considerations is for
general information only. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our
common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S.
federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership
and disposition of our common stock.

                                        70


                                  UNDERWRITERS

     Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting
agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for
whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are
acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the
selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of
shares of our common stock indicated below:



NAME                                                          NUMBER OF SHARES
----                                                          ----------------
                                                           
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated...........................
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc..................................
                                                                  --------
     Total..................................................
                                                                  ========


     The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their
acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting
agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriters to pay for and accept
delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus is subject to
the approval of specific legal matters by their counsel and to certain other
conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares
of common stock offered by this prospectus, if any are purchased. However, the
underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the
underwriters' over-allotment option described below.

     The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common
stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover
page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a
concession not in excess of $          a share under the public offering price.
After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and
other selling terms may from time to time be changed by the representatives.

     We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from
the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of       additional
shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of
this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters
may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if
any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered
by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will
become obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase about the same
percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to
the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of
shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the
preceding table. If the underwriters' option is exercised in full, the total
price to the public would be $          , the total underwriters' discounts and
commissions would be $          , the total proceeds to us would be $
and the total proceeds to the selling stockholders would be $          .

     Each of us, our executive officers, directors, the selling stockholders and
certain stockholders has agreed that, without the prior written consent of
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. on behalf of
the underwriters, we, he or she will not, during the period ending 90 days after
the date of this prospectus:

     - offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
       purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
       right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
       directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities
       convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

     - enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in
       whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the
       common stock;

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common
stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, each of our
executive officers, directors the selling stockholders and certain stockholders
has agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, it,
he or she will not, during the period ending

                                        71


90 days after the date of this prospectus make any demand for, or exercise any
right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any
securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

     The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:

     - the sale of shares to the underwriters under the underwriting agreement;

     - the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an
       option sold or granted pursuant to our existing benefit plans and
       outstanding on the date of this prospectus; and

     - transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common
       stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after
       completion of the offerings.

     In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters
may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the
price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares
than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a
short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than
the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the
over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by
exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In
determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the
underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares
compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The
underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option,
creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short
position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more
likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be
downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after
pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As
an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for,
and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price
of the common stock. The underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling
concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common
stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed
common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the
common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the
common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in
the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to
engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

     The underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided, and may
continue to provide from time to time, investment banking and general financing
and banking services to us and our affiliates for which they have in the past
received, and may in the future receive, customary fees. In connection with our
senior secured credit agreement, we, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., an
affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, JPMorgan Chase Bank, an
affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and other lenders entered into a $350
million senior secured credit agreement in March 2002. We intend to repay a
portion of the amounts outstanding under those facilities using proceeds from
this offering. Because more than 10% of the net proceeds of this offering, not
including underwriting compensation, may be received by entities who are
affiliated with National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. members who are
participating in this offering, the offering is being conducted in accordance
with NASD Conduct Rule 2710(c)(8). Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a
qualified independent underwriter is not necessary in connection with this
offering, as a bona fide independent market (as defined in the NASD Conduct
Rules) exists in our common stock.

     In addition, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and an affiliate of J.P.
Morgan Securities Inc. were underwriters for our initial public offering of
common stock in November 1996 and were placement agents for our private offering
of senior notes in March 2002. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated was an
underwriter for our public offering of 8,400,000 shares of our common stock in
August 1997. Each underwriter received fees customary for performing those
services.

     We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

                                        72


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     Barrett & McNagny LLP, Fort Wayne, Indiana, will pass upon the validity of
the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Certain legal matters in
connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by
Shearman & Sterling, New York, New York. Members of the firm of Barrett &
McNagny LLP own shares of our common stock amounting to less than one-half of 1%
of our outstanding shares.

                                    EXPERTS

     Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, have audited our consolidated
financial statements at December 31, 2001 and 2000, and for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2001, as set forth in their report, which
is included and incorporated by reference in this prospectus and elsewhere in
the registration statement. Our financial statements are included and
incorporated by reference in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's report, given on
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

                   WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     This prospectus constitutes a part of a registration statement on Form S-3
filed by us with the SEC under the Securities Act. This prospectus does not
contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, parts of
which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For
further information about Steel Dynamics and the shares of common stock offered,
reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this
prospectus concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily
complete, and each such statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the copy of such documents filed with the SEC.

     We file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements, and other
information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file at the
SEC's public reference facilities at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the SEC's following Regional Offices: Suite 1400,
Northwest Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661; and
233 Broadway, New York, New York 10279. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings are also
available to the public at the SEC's web site http://www.sec.gov.

                    INFORMATION WE INCORPORATE BY REFERENCE

     The SEC allows us to "incorporate by reference" the information we file
with them, which means that we can disclose important information to you by
referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is
considered to be part of this prospectus. The most recent information that we
file with the SEC automatically updates and supersedes more dated information.
We incorporate by reference the documents listed below, and any future filings
made with the SEC under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
until the offering is completed.

     The documents we incorporate by reference are:

          1. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
     31, 2001;

          2. Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
     2002;

          3. Our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 10, 2002; and

          4. The description of our common stock contained in our registration
     statement on Form 8-A as filed with the SEC on November 13, 1996.

     Any statement contained in a document that is incorporated by reference
will be modified or superceded for all purposes to the extent that a statement
contained in this prospectus (or in any other document that is

                                        73


subsequently filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference) modifies or is
contrary to that previous statement. Any statement so modified or superceded
will not be deemed a part of this prospectus except as so modified or
superceded.

     You may request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing or
telephoning us. You may contact us at Steel Dynamics, Inc., 6714 Pointe
Inverness Way, Suite 200, Fort Wayne, Indiana 46804, Attention: Tracy L.
Shellabarger, Chief Financial Officer, telephone number: 260-459-3553.

                                        74


                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
                                                           
Independent Auditors' Report................................   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2001 and
  2000......................................................   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three
  years in the period ended December 31, 2001...............   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of
  the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001.....   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three
  years in the period ended December 31, 2001...............   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................   F-7
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2002 (unaudited)
  and December 31, 2001.....................................  F-26
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income for three-month
  periods ended March 31, 2002 and 2001.....................  F-27
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
  three-month periods ended March 31, 2002 and 2001.........  F-28
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements........  F-29


                                       F-1


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Steel Dynamics, Inc.

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Steel
Dynamics, Inc. as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated
statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2001. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Steel Dynamics,
Inc. at December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States.

     As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, in 2001 the Company
changed its method of accounting for derivative financial instruments.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Fort Wayne, Indiana
January 31, 2002, except for Note 3,
as to which the date is March 26, 2002, and
Note 7, as to which the date is
March 7, 2002

                                       F-2


                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS



                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                 2001         2000
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS,
                                                                EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                                                                     
                                       ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $   78,241   $   10,184
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
     accounts of $2,374 and $1,611 as of December 31, 2001
     and 2000, respectively.................................      65,589       82,838
  Accounts receivable-related parties.......................      16,290       20,148
  Inventories...............................................     118,368      106,745
  Deferred income taxes.....................................      24,600       12,854
  Other current assets......................................       9,116        9,844
                                                              ----------   ----------
          Total current assets..............................     312,204      242,613
PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT, NET.........................     852,061      807,322
RESTRICTED CASH.............................................       3,030        3,465
OTHER ASSETS................................................      12,803       13,674
                                                              ----------   ----------
          TOTAL ASSETS......................................  $1,180,098   $1,067,074
                                                              ==========   ==========
                        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable..........................................  $   30,228   $   18,874
  Accounts payable-related parties..........................      11,101        9,114
  Accrued interest..........................................       4,052        5,364
  Other accrued expenses....................................      26,697       26,302
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................      46,033       17,044
                                                              ----------   ----------
          Total current liabilities.........................     118,111       76,698
LONG-TERM DEBT, LESS CURRENT MATURITIES.....................     553,891      515,476
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.......................................      62,765       52,027
MINORITY INTEREST...........................................       4,769        4,089
OTHER LONG-TERM CONTINGENT LIABILITIES......................      21,987           --
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock voting, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares
     authorized; 49,586,473 and 49,347,626 shares issued;
     45,743,473 and 45,504,626 shares outstanding as of
     December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively...............         495          493
  Treasury stock, at cost; 3,843,000 shares as of December
     31, 2001 and 2000......................................     (46,526)     (46,526)
  Additional paid-in capital................................     337,733      335,732
  Retained earnings.........................................     132,229      129,085
  Other accumulated comprehensive loss......................      (5,356)          --
                                                              ----------   ----------
          Total stockholders' equity........................     418,575      418,784
                                                              ----------   ----------
          TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY........  $1,180,098   $1,067,074
                                                              ==========   ==========


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-3


                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME



                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                2001        2000        1999
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                                                                             
NET SALES:
  Unrelated parties.........................................  $495,079    $549,851    $498,723
  Related parties...........................................   111,905     142,772     120,098
                                                              --------    --------    --------
          Total net sales...................................   606,984     692,623     618,821
Cost of goods sold..........................................   522,927     533,914     487,629
                                                              --------    --------    --------
          Gross profit......................................    84,057     158,709     131,192
Selling, general and administrative expenses................    58,132      53,306      42,441
                                                              --------    --------    --------
          Operating income..................................    25,925     105,403      88,751
Interest expense............................................    18,480      20,199      22,178
Other expense...............................................     2,333         719       1,294
                                                              --------    --------    --------
          Income before income taxes........................     5,112      84,485      65,279
Income tax expense..........................................     1,968      30,690      25,849
                                                              --------    --------    --------
          Net income........................................  $  3,144    $ 53,795    $ 39,430
                                                              ========    ========    ========
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:
  Net income................................................  $   0.07    $   1.15    $   0.82
                                                              ========    ========    ========
  Weighted average common shares outstanding................    45,655      46,822      47,914
                                                              ========    ========    ========
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
  Net income................................................  $   0.07    $   1.15    $   0.82
                                                              ========    ========    ========
  Weighted average common shares and share equivalents
     outstanding............................................    45,853      46,974      48,153
                                                              ========    ========    ========


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-4


                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY



                                                                                         OTHER
                                                             ADDITIONAL               ACCUMULATED
                                                    COMMON    PAID-IN     RETAINED   COMPREHENSIVE   TREASURY
                                           SHARES   STOCK     CAPITAL     EARNINGS       LOSS         STOCK      TOTAL
                                           ------   ------   ----------   --------   -------------   --------   --------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                           
BALANCES AT JANUARY 1, 1999..............  47,864    $492     $334,363    $ 35,860      $    --      $(19,650)  $351,065
Exercise of stock options, including
  related tax effect.....................     107       1          874          --           --            --        875
Net income and comprehensive income......      --      --           --      39,430           --            --     39,430
                                           ------    ----     --------    --------      -------      --------   --------
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 31, 1999............  47,971     493      335,237      75,290           --       (19,650)   391,370
Exercise of stock options, including
  related tax effect.....................      83      --          495          --           --            --        495
Purchase of treasury stock...............  (2,549)     --           --          --           --       (26,876)   (26,876)
Net income and comprehensive income......      --      --           --      53,795           --            --     53,795
                                           ------    ----     --------    --------      -------      --------   --------
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 31, 2000............  45,505     493      335,732     129,085           --       (46,526)   418,784
Exercise of stock options, including
  related tax effect.....................     238       2        2,001          --           --            --      2,003

Comprehensive income (loss):
  Net income.............................      --      --           --       3,144           --            --      3,144

  Comprehensive loss:
    Cumulative effect of an accounting
      change, net of tax effect of
      $1,545.............................      --      --           --          --       (2,468)           --     (2,468)
    Unrealized loss on derivative
      instruments, net of tax effect of
      $1,811.............................      --      --           --          --       (2,888)           --     (2,888)
                                                                                                                --------
        Total comprehensive loss.........                                                                         (2,212)
                                           ------    ----     --------    --------      -------      --------   --------
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 31, 2001............  45,743    $495     $337,733    $132,229      $(5,356)     $(46,526)  $418,575
                                           ======    ====     ========    ========      =======      ========   ========


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-5


                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS



                                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ---------------------------------
                                                              2001        2000        1999
                                                            ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                           
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income..............................................  $   3,144   $  53,795   $  39,430
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
     by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization........................     46,794      45,443      39,269
     Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment....         42         155         115
     Deferred income taxes................................     (1,008)     20,386      15,125
     Minority interest....................................        680       2,294       1,795
     Changes in certain assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable................................     21,107     (16,337)    (20,694)
       Inventories........................................    (11,623)         (3)     19,964
       Other assets.......................................      1,169          59      10,784
       Accounts payable...................................     13,341      (9,648)      3,194
       Accrued expenses...................................     (6,273)      6,648       5,797
                                                            ---------   ---------   ---------
          Net cash provided by operating activities.......     67,373     102,792     114,779
                                                            ---------   ---------   ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property, plant and equipment..............    (90,714)   (110,379)   (126,673)
  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment.....          4         980         374
                                                            ---------   ---------   ---------
          Net cash used in investing activities...........    (90,710)   (109,399)   (126,299)
                                                            ---------   ---------   ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Issuance of long-term debt..............................    201,362      68,917      40,042
  Repayments of long-term debt............................   (111,971)    (42,360)    (18,025)
  Purchase of treasury stock..............................         --     (26,876)         --
  Issuance of common stock (net of expenses) and proceeds
     from exercise of stock options, including related tax
     effect...............................................      2,003         495         875
                                                            ---------   ---------   ---------
          Net cash provided by financing activities.......     91,394         176      22,892
                                                            ---------   ---------   ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..........     68,057      (6,431)     11,372
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year............     10,184      16,615       5,243
                                                            ---------   ---------   ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year..................  $  78,241   $  10,184   $  16,615
                                                            =========   =========   =========


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-6


                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.  DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
         POLICIES

     Steel Dynamics, Inc. (SDI), together with its subsidiaries (the company) is
a domestic manufacturer of steel products with operations in the following
businesses.

     Steel Operations.  The company's core business operates a technologically
advanced flat-rolled steel mini-mill with an annual production capacity of 2.2
million tons of flat-rolled carbon steel products, including hot rolled, cold
rolled and coated products. The company sells these products directly to
end-users and through steel service centers located primarily in the Midwestern
United States. The company began construction of its structural and rail
division in May 2001 and anticipates the commencement of structural steel
production during the second quarter of 2002 and rail production during the
first quarter of 2003. This facility is designed to produce and sell structural
steel beams, pilings, and other steel components directly to end-users and
service centers for the construction, transportation and industrial machinery
markets. This facility is also designed to produce and sell a variety of
standard and premium grade rails for the railroad industry.

     Steel Scrap Substitute and Other Operations.  The company's wholly owned
subsidiary, Iron Dynamics, Inc. (IDI), involves the pioneering of a process to
produce direct reduced iron, which is then converted into liquid pig iron.
Liquid pig iron is a high quality steel scrap substitute used in the company's
flat-rolled steel mini-mill. During 1999, IDI commenced initial start-up and
produced and sold a minimal amount of liquid pig iron to the company's flat roll
division; however, it was determined that IDI would require certain design and
equipment modifications to attain its fully intended operating functionality.
These modifications occurred during the second half of 2000 with completion and
restart occurring in the first quarter of 2001. While IDI believed that many of
the design and equipment deficiencies were corrected with these modifications,
the company halted operations at IDI during July 2001 with no specific date set
for resumption of actual production, as a result of higher than expected
start-up and process refinement costs, lower than expected production
quantities, exceptionally high energy costs and historically low steel scrap
pricing. Since operations were halted in 2001, the costs incurred at IDI are
composed of those expenses required to maintain the facility and further
evaluate the project and its related benefits. The company also has two
consolidated subsidiary operations one that receives revenue from the
fabrication of trusses, girders, steel joist and steel decking for the
non-residential construction industry and one that receives revenue from the
further processing, or slitting, and sale of certain secondary and excess steel
products.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     Principles of Consolidation.  The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of SDI, together with its subsidiaries after elimination of
significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Minority interest represents
the minority shareholders' proportionate share in the equity or income of the
company's consolidated subsidiaries.

     Use of Estimates.  The financial statements are prepared in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles and, accordingly, include amounts that
are based on management's estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts
reported in the financial statements and in the notes thereto. Actual results
could differ from these estimates.

     Revenue Recognition.  The company generally recognizes revenues from sales
and the allowance for estimated costs associated with returns from these sales
when the product is shipped. Provision is made for estimated product returns and
customer claims based on estimates and actual historical experience.

     Freight Costs.  The company reflects freight costs associated with shipping
its products to customers as a component of cost of goods sold.

                                       F-7

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Cash and Cash Equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents include all highly
liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of
acquisition. Restricted cash is held by trustees in debt service funds for the
repayment of principal and interest related to the company's municipal bonds and
for use in certain property, plant and equipment purchases related to the
company's revenue bonds.

     Inventories.  Inventories are stated at lower of cost (principally standard
cost which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis) or market.
Inventory consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):



                                                                2001       2000
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                   
Raw materials...............................................  $ 44,807   $ 39,302
Supplies....................................................    42,258     41,770
Work in progress............................................     8,512      7,916
Finished goods..............................................    22,791     17,757
                                                              --------   --------
                                                              $118,368   $106,745
                                                              ========   ========


     Property, Plant and Equipment.  Property, plant and equipment are stated at
cost, which includes capitalized interest on construction-in-progress and is
reduced by proceeds received from state and local government grants and other
capital cost reimbursements. Depreciation is provided utilizing the units-of-
production method for manufacturing plant and equipment and the straight-line
method for non-manufacturing equipment. The units-of-production method is based
on units produced, subject to a minimum level. The estimated useful lives of
assets range from five to 30 years. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as
incurred. In accordance with the methodology described in Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of", the company
reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be
recoverable. Impairment losses are recorded on long-lived assets used in
operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash
flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets'
carrying amounts. The impairment loss is measured by comparing the fair value of
the asset to its carrying amount. During 2001, events and circumstances
indicated that approximately $125.0 million of assets related to Iron Dynamics
might be impaired. However, the company's estimate of undiscounted cash flows
indicated that such carrying amounts were expected to be recovered. Nonetheless,
it is reasonably possible that the estimate of undiscounted cash flows may
change in the near term resulting in the need to write-down those assets to fair
value.

     Concentration of Credit Risk.  Financial instruments that potentially
subject the company to significant concentrations of credit risk principally
consist of temporary cash investments and accounts receivable. The company
places its temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial
institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure from any one institution.
Generally, the company does not require collateral or other security to support
customer receivables.

     Earnings Per Share.  Diluted earnings per share amounts are based upon the
weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding
during the year. Common equivalent shares are excluded from the computation in
periods in which they have an anti-dilutive effect. The difference between the
company's basic and diluted earnings per share is solely attributable to stock
options. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, options to
purchase 1,371,000, 1,631,000 and 767,000 shares, respectively, were excluded
from diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive.

     Derivative Financial Instruments.  Effective January 1, 2001, the company
adopted SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instrument and Hedging
Activities," as amended. SFAS 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards
for derivative instruments and for hedging activities. It requires that an

                                       F-8

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the
statement of financial condition and measure those instruments at fair value.
Derivatives that are not designated as hedges must be adjusted to fair value
through income. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as
hedges, depending on the nature of the hedge, are recognized as either an offset
against the change in fair value of the hedged balance sheet item through
earnings or as other comprehensive income, until the hedged item is recognized
in earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value is
immediately recognized in earnings.

     In the normal course of business, the company has limited involvement with
derivative financial instruments in an effort to manage the company's exposure
to fluctuations in interest and foreign exchange rates. The company employs an
interest rate swap agreement and periodically employs foreign currency exchange
contracts, as necessary. Upon adoption of SFAS 133, the company designated and
assigned the financial instruments as hedges of specific assets, liabilities or
anticipated transactions. When hedged assets or liabilities are sold or
extinguished or the anticipated transaction being hedged is no longer expected
to occur, the company recognizes the gain or loss on the designated hedged
financial instrument. The company classified its derivative financial
instruments as held or issued for purposes other than trading. The company's
results of operations and financial position reflect the impact of adopting SFAS
133 commencing January 1, 2001, as a one-time after-tax cumulative effect of an
accounting change of approximately $2.5 million as a reduction in other
comprehensive income.

     Reclassifications.  Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to
conform to the fiscal 2001 presentation.

     Recent Accounting Pronouncements.  In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS
144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," which
supersedes SFAS 121 and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB No. 30
"Reporting the Results of Operations-Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a
Segment of a Business and Extraordinary Unusual and Infrequently Occurring
Events and Transactions." SFAS 144 retains the fundamental provisions of SFAS
121 for recognition and measurement of the impairment of long-lived assets to be
held and used, and measurement of long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale.
SFAS 144 broadens the presentation requirements of discontinued operations of
APB No. 30 to include a component of an entity (rather than a segment of
business). SFAS 144 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2001. The company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS 144, if any, on its
consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

NOTE 2.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     The company's property, plant and equipment at December 31 consisted of the
following (in thousands):



                                                                 2001        2000
                                                              ----------   --------
                                                                     
Land and improvements.......................................  $   31,882   $ 24,102
Buildings and improvements..................................      87,442     80,809
Plant, machinery and equipment..............................     684,700    644,685
Construction in progress....................................     247,318    211,078
                                                              ----------   --------
                                                               1,051,342    960,674
Less accumulated depreciation...............................     199,281    153,352
                                                              ----------   --------
     Property, plant, and equipment, net....................  $  852,061   $807,322
                                                              ==========   ========


                                       F-9

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 3.  DEBT AND OTHER LONG-TERM CONTINGENT LIABILITY

     The SDI Refinancing.  On March 26, 2002, the company refinanced its
existing $450.0 million senior secured credit facility and its $45.0 million
senior unsecured credit facility with the following:

     - $75.0 million in the form of a five-year revolving credit facility,
       maturing March 26, 2007, which is subject to a borrowing base and bears
       interest at floating rates;

     - $70.0 million in the form of a five-year term A loan, payable in
       quarterly installments beginning June 26, 2003, with the final
       installment due March 26, 2007, and bearing interest at floating rates;

     - $205.0 million in the form of a six-year term B loan, payable in
       quarterly installments beginning June 26, 2003, with the final
       installment due March 26, 2008, and bearing interest at floating rates;
       and

     - $200.0 million in the form of 9.50% seven-year senior unsecured notes due
       March 15, 2009 (non-callable for four years), with interest payable
       semi-annually.

     The new $350.0 million senior secured credit facility is secured by liens
and mortgages on substantially all of the personal and real property assets of
the company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and by pledges of all shares of
capital stock and inter-company debt held by the company and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries. The new senior secured credit facility contains financial
covenants and other covenants that limit or restrict the company with respect to
its ability to make capital expenditures, incur indebtedness, and make
restricted payments or investments, among other things.

     The $200.0 million 9.50% senior unsecured notes have a maturity of seven
years. The company may redeem the notes at any time on or after March 15, 2006,
at a redemption price of 104.750%, on or after March 15, 2007, at a redemption
price of 102.275%, and on or thereafter March 15, 2008, at a redemption price of
100.000%. In addition, at any time prior to March 15, 2005, the company may
redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the notes with the net cash proceeds
of its common stock at a redemption price of 109.500% plus accrued interest up
to the redemption date, provided that certain other restrictions as described in
the indenture are met. The notes bear interest at 9.50%, payable semiannually on
each March 15th and September 15th, commencing September 15, 2002.

     IDI Settlement.  IDI entered into a credit agreement dated as of December
31, 1997, with a syndicate of financial institutions under which the lenders
agreed to provide IDI with a $55.0 million term loan facility and a $10.0
million revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2001, there was an
outstanding principal balance of $52.0 million under the term loan facility and
$7.0 million under the revolving facility. As a result of higher than expected
start-up and process refinement costs, lower than expected production
quantities, exceptionally high energy costs and historically low steel scrap
pricing, the company halted operations at IDI during July 2001 with no specific
date set for resumption of actual production. This suspension of operations
placed IDI in a position where it might breach certain future financial
covenants as well as trigger a mandatory principal prepayment under its
revolving credit facility for failure to meet its borrowing base requirements.

     On January 28, 2002, the company entered into an agreement with the IDI
lenders to extinguish the debt under the IDI senior secured credit agreement at
the end of March 2002. This agreement required the company, among other things,
to perform the following:

     - pay $15.0 million in cash to the IDI lenders on February 1, 2002;

     - issue an aggregate of $22.0 million of common stock in three installments
       to the IDI lenders during March 2002 at market prices; and

     - make contingent future payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed
       $22.0 million to the existing IDI lenders if, and only if, IDI resumes
       operations by January 27, 2007 and generates positive cash flow, as
       defined in the agreement.

                                       F-10

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     The company's compliance with the above requirements by March 29, 2002,
will constitute full and final settlement of all of IDI's obligations under the
IDI credit agreement and all of the company's obligations under any outstanding
guarantees of IDI's credit agreement obligations and will cause the IDI credit
agreement to terminate. The contingent future payments of $22.0 million are
classified as a non-interest bearing other long-term contingent liability on the
company's balance sheet. At December 31, 2001, no contingent payments are
expected to be required within the next twelve months.

     In connection with the SDI Refinancing and the IDI Settlement, the company
will write-off approximately $1.9 million, net of tax, of the remaining
capitalized financing costs associated with its retired existing senior credit
facilities. The company's borrowings at December 31, after giving effect to the
IDI settlement, consisted of the following (in thousands):



                                                                2001       2000
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                   
SDI senior secured notes payable, subsequently refinanced...  $490,000   $400,000
IDI senior secured notes payable, subsequently settled......    37,000     60,250
NMBS senior secured notes payable...........................    19,570     19,898
State and local government municipal bond issues............    26,500     27,600
Electric utility, transmission facility and other equipment
  obligation loans..........................................    26,854     24,772
                                                              --------   --------
     Total debt.............................................   599,924    532,520
Less current maturities.....................................    46,033     17,044
                                                              --------   --------
     Long-term debt.........................................  $553,891   $515,476
                                                              ========   ========


     The weighted average interest rate was 6.1% and 7.4% for the years ended
December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, under the company's existing senior
secured and unsecured credit facilities. The weighted average interest rate was
6.4% and 8.6% for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively,
under IDI's existing senior secured credit facilities. The company has an
interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $100.0 million pursuant
to which the company has agreed to make fixed rate payments at 6.92% on the
tenth day of each January, April, July and October and will receive LIBOR
payments. This interest rate swap agreement matures January 10, 2005.

     New Millennium Building Systems (NMBS) Senior Secured Financing.  NMBS has
a $23.0 million bank credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. that is
comprised of:

     - $15.0 million in the form of a five-year term loan facility (subject to a
       borrowing base), payable in 16 quarterly installments of $562,500
       beginning March 31, 2001, with a final balloon installment due March 31,
       2005.

     - $8.0 million in the form of a five-year revolving facility (subject to a
       borrowing base), which matures March 31, 2005.

     Borrowings under the NMBS credit agreement bear interest at floating rates.
The weighted average interest rate was 7.9% and 9.4% for the years ended
December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The NMBS bank credit agreement is
secured by liens on substantially all of NMBS's assets. The company has
unconditionally guaranteed $3.4 million of the $19.6 million of debt outstanding
under the NMBS credit agreement as of December 31, 2001.

     State and Local Government Municipal Bond Issues.  In May 1995, the company
entered into a bond purchase agreement with the Indiana Development Finance
Authority, under which was issued $21.4 million of bonds to finance, among other
things, the construction and equipment for certain sewage works, improvements,
waste and water system improvements and other related facilities located at the
Butler, Indiana mini-mill. The bonds bear interest at 8.01%, with payments of
principal and interest due monthly through final

                                       F-11

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

maturity in August 2015. As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, approximately $3.0
million of the bond proceeds were held by the bond trustee in a debt service
reserve fund and were recorded as restricted cash. A stand-by letter of credit
relating to the municipal bonds was outstanding at December 31, 2001 and 2000,
in the amount of $17.2 million and $22.0 million, respectively.

     In November 1998, the company received $10.0 million from Whitley County,
Indiana representing proceeds from solid waste and sewage disposal revenue bonds
to be used to finance certain solid waste and sewage disposal facilities located
at the Whitley County, Indiana structural and rail mill. The bonds bear interest
at 7.25%, with interest payable semi-annually and principal payments commencing
November 2003 through final maturity in November 2018. As of December 31, 2001
and 2000, respectively, approximately $239,000 and $422,000 of the bond proceeds
were held by the bond trustee in a debt service reserve fund and were recorded
as restricted cash.

     Electric Utility Development Loan.  In June 1994, the company entered into
a loan agreement with Indiana Michigan Power Company for approximately $13.0
million to finance the company's portion of the cost to construct a substation.
The loan bears interest at 8.0%, with equal monthly principal and interest
payments required in amounts sufficient to amortize the substation facility loan
over a period of 15 years. The outstanding principal balance on the substation
facility loan was $10.2 million and $10.9 million, as of December 31, 2001 and
2000, respectively.

     In addition, the company entered into another loan agreement with Indiana
Michigan Power Company for approximately $7.8 million to finance the company's
portion of the cost to construct a transmission line and certain related
facilities. The loan bears interest at 8.0%, with equal monthly principal and
interest payments required in amounts sufficient to amortize the transmission
facility loan over a period of 20 years. The outstanding principal balance on
the transmission facility loan was $6.6 million and $6.8 million as of December
31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

     During 1998, IDI entered into an agreement with American Electric Power
Financial Services to provide a $6.5 million eight-year loan. This electric
utility loan is secured by on-site power distribution and related equipment. The
related interest rate is tied to 90-day commercial paper rates with an option to
establish a fixed interest rate based on an average of the interest rates
applicable to one, three and five year U.S. Treasuries. The weighted average
interest rate was 3.0% and 7.9% for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000,
respectively. The outstanding principal balance on the on-site power
distribution facility was $4.7 million and $5.5 million as of December 31, 2001
and 2000, respectively.

     The above credit agreements contain customary representations and
warranties and affirmative and negative covenants, including, among others,
covenants relating to financial and compliance reporting, capital expenditures,
restricted dividend payments, maintenance of certain financial ratios,
incurrence of liens, sale or disposition of assets and incurrence of other debt.

     Maturities of outstanding debt as of December 31, 2001, after giving effect
to the SDI Refinancing and the IDI Settlement, are as follows (in thousands):


                                                            
2002........................................................   $ 46,033
2003........................................................     18,553
2004........................................................     31,108
2005........................................................     49,009
2006........................................................     37,600
Thereafter..................................................    417,621
                                                               --------
                                                               $599,924
                                                               ========


                                       F-12

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     The company capitalizes interest on construction-in-progress assets. For
the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, total interest costs incurred
were $34.1 million, $37.8 million and $35.4 million, respectively, of which
$14.0 million, $17.5 million and $13.2 million, respectively, were capitalized.
Cash paid for interest was $35.7 million, $37.3 million and $33.7 million for
the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively.

NOTE 4.  INCOME TAXES

     The company files a consolidated federal income tax return. Cash paid for
taxes was $4.7 million, $17.9 million and $12.6 million for the years ended
December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The current and deferred federal
and state income tax expense for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in
thousands):



                                                            2001     2000      1999
                                                           ------   -------   -------
                                                                     
Current income tax expense...............................  $  768   $10,086   $12,201
Deferred income tax expense..............................   1,200    20,604    13,648
                                                           ------   -------   -------
     Total income tax expense............................  $1,968   $30,690   $25,849
                                                           ======   =======   =======


     A reconciliation of the statutory tax rates to the actual effective tax
rates for the years ended December 31, are as follows:



                                                              2001    2000   1999
                                                              -----   ----   ----
                                                                    
Statutory federal tax rate..................................   35.0%  35.0%  35.0%
  State income taxes, net of federal benefit................   (1.5)   3.5    4.5
  Other permanent differences...............................    1.4    0.1    0.1
  Benefit of rate decrease on cumulative deferred taxes.....  (33.8)  (2.3)    --
  Valuation allowance.......................................   37.4     --     --
                                                              -----   ----   ----
Effective tax rate..........................................   38.5%  36.3%  39.6%
                                                              =====   ====   ====


     Significant components of the company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
at December 31 are as follows (in thousands):



                                                                2001        2000
                                                              ---------   ---------
                                                                    
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
  Net operating loss, capital loss, and credit
     carryforwards..........................................  $  27,814   $  13,925
  Alternative minimum tax carryforwards.....................     35,266      35,547
  Capitalized start-up costs................................     17,955      16,764
  Tax assets expensed for books.............................     11,077      12,499
  Interest rate swap liability..............................      3,257          --
  Accrued expenses..........................................      1,458       1,530
                                                              ---------   ---------
Total deferred tax assets...................................     96,827      80,265
  Less valuation allowance..................................     (1,913)         --
                                                              ---------   ---------
Net deferred tax assets.....................................     94,914      80,265
                                                              ---------   ---------


                                       F-13

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



                                                                2001        2000
                                                              ---------   ---------
                                                                    
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
  Depreciable assets........................................   (124,884)   (111,330)
  Amortization of fees......................................     (3,398)     (3,001)
  Capitalized interest......................................     (4,589)     (5,041)
  Other.....................................................       (208)        (66)
                                                              ---------   ---------
Total deferred tax liabilities..............................   (133,079)   (119,438)
                                                              ---------   ---------
  Net deferred tax liability................................  $ (38,165)  $ (39,173)
                                                              =========   =========


     The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of
temporary differences that are derived from the cumulative taxable or deductible
amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements in years different
from that of the income tax returns. As of December 31, 2001, the company had
available net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $57.6 million for
federal income tax purposes, which expire through 2021. As of December 31, 2001,
the company had available capital loss carryforwards of approximately $5.5
million for federal and state income tax purposes, which expire beginning in
2005.

     As of December 31, 2001, the company had available foreign tax credit
carryforwards of approximately $3.0 million for federal income tax purposes,
which expire in 2003. Due to the limited time frame remaining to utilize the
foreign tax credits and the decreased likelihood that the net operating losses
will be fully absorbed prior to the expiration of the credits, a valuation
allowance of $1.9 million was recorded in 2001. Even if these credits are not
utilized as such, they can be treated as tax-deductible expenses. Therefore,
$1.1 million of foreign tax credit remains as a deferred tax asset as of
December 31, 2001.

NOTE 5.  COMMON STOCK

     Effective June 1, 2000, the board of directors authorized the extension and
continuation of the company's 1997 share repurchase program, allowing the
company to repurchase an additional 5%, or 2,344,000 shares, of its outstanding
common stock, at a purchase price not to exceed $15 per share. At December 31,
2001, the company had acquired 3,843,000 shares of its common stock in open
market purchases, of which none were purchased during 2001, 2,549,000 shares
were purchased during 2000, and none were purchased during 1999. The average
price per share of these purchases is $12. As of December 31, 2001,
approximately 957,000 shares remain available for us to repurchase under the
June 2000 repurchase program.

NOTE 6.  INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AND OTHER PLANS

     1994 and 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plans.  The company has reserved
6,005,765 shares of common stock for issuance upon exercise of options or grants
under the 1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan (1994 Plan) and the 1996 Incentive
Stock Option Plan (1996 Plan). The 1994 Plan was adopted for certain key
employees who are responsible for management of the company. Options granted
under the 1994 Plan vest two-thirds six months after the date of grant and
one-third five years after the date of grant, with a maximum term of ten years.
All of the company's employees are eligible for the 1996 Plan, with the options
vesting 100% six months after the date of grant, with a maximum term of five
years. Both plans grant options to purchase the company's common stock at an
exercise price of at least 100% of fair market value on the date of grant.

     Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (Director Plan).  The company has
reserved 100,000 shares of common stock for issuance upon exercise of options or
grants under the Director Plan. The Director Plan was adopted in May 2000, for
members of the company's board of directors who are not employees or officers of
the company. Options granted under the Director Plan vest 100% six months after
the date of grant, with a maximum term of five years. The plan grants options to
purchase the company's common stock at an exercise price of at least 100% of
fair market value on the date of grant.
                                       F-14

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     The company's combined stock option activity for the 1994 Plan, the 1996
Plan and the Director Plan is as follows:



                                                                         WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                              OPTIONS     EXERCISE PRICE
                                                             ---------   ----------------
                                                                   
Balance outstanding at January 1, 1999.....................  1,517,483        $13.66
  Granted..................................................    426,258         15.51
  Exercised................................................   (106,799)         5.32
  Forfeited................................................    (97,060)        18.77
Balance outstanding at December 31, 1999...................  1,739,882         14.34
  Granted..................................................    753,072          9.96
  Exercised................................................    (82,748)         4.10
  Forfeited................................................    (93,616)        19.27
Balance outstanding at December 31, 2000...................  2,316,590         13.17
  Granted..................................................    636,322         11.90
  Exercised................................................   (158,838)         9.29
  Forfeited................................................   (117,812)        15.42
Balance outstanding at December 31, 2001...................  2,676,262        $13.00


     The following table summarizes certain information concerning the company's
outstanding options as of December 31, 2001:



                                     WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                        REMAINING
RANGE OF               OUTSTANDING   CONTRACTUAL LIFE   WEIGHTED AVERAGE   EXERCISABLE   WEIGHTED AVERAGE
EXERCISE PRICE           OPTIONS         (YEARS)         EXERCISE PRICE      OPTIONS      EXERCISE PRICE
--------------         -----------   ----------------   ----------------   -----------   ----------------
                                                                          
$3 to $10............     876,405          3.4               $7.90           876,405          $7.90
$10 to $15...........   1,081,214          3.9               12.46           713,290          13.56
$15 to $20...........     390,384          3.0               18.44           346,419          18.41
$20 to $30...........     328,259          3.1               21.90           279,615          21.64


     The company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB)
No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" and related interpretations
in accounting for its stock options. Under APB No. 25, no compensation expense
is recognized for the plans because the exercise price of the company's employee
stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of
grant. However, SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation",
requires presentation of pro forma information as if the company had accounted
for its employee stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 1994, under
the fair value method. For purposes of pro forma disclosure, the estimated fair
value of the options is amortized to expense over the vesting period. Under the
fair value method, the company's net income and earnings per share would have
been as follows (in thousands, except per share data):



                                                            2001     2000      1999
                                                           ------   -------   -------
                                                                     
Net income:
  As reported............................................  $3,144   $53,795   $39,430
  Pro forma..............................................     814    51,694    37,712
Diluted earnings per share:
  As reported............................................  $  .07   $  1.15   $   .82
  Pro forma..............................................     .02      1.10       .78


                                       F-15

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     The estimated weighted average fair value of the individual options granted
during 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $5.17, $4.19 and $6.97, respectively, on the date
of grant. The fair values at the date of grant were estimated using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
no-dividend-yield, risk-free interest rates from 4.1% to 7.1%, expected
volatility from 30% to 62% and expected lives from five months to nine years.

     Officer and Manager Cash and Stock Bonus Plan.  Officers and managers of
the company are eligible to receive cash bonuses based on predetermined formulas
designated in the Officer and Manager Cash and Stock Bonus Plan. In the event
the cash portion of the bonus exceeds the predetermined maximum cash payout, the
excess bonus is distributed as common stock of the company. Any common stock
issued pursuant to this plan vests one-third in January of each of the three
years following the year of award. A total of 450,000 shares have been reserved
under this plan. As of December 31, 2001, approximately 55,000 shares of the
original 82,000 shares related to the 2000 stock bonus award, remained committed
for issuance.

NOTE 7.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     The company has an off-take agreement with Heidtman Steel Products
(Heidtman) that extends through March 2007 (see Note 8). Under the terms of the
agreement, Heidtman is obligated to purchase and the company is obligated to
sell to Heidtman at least 76,000 tons of hot band products per quarter or
336,000 tons annually and at least 15,000 tons of cold-rolled products per
quarter or 60,000 tons annually. The company's pricing to Heidtman is determined
by either a market pricing formula based on an "all-in" cost plus basis or a
spot market pricing formula determined on the basis of a discounted market
index.

     The company has executed a raw material supply contract with OmniSource
Corporation (OmniSource) for the purchase of steel scrap resources (see Note 8).
Under the terms of the contract, OmniSource will locate and secure, at the
lowest then-available market price, steel scrap for the company in grades and
quantities sufficient for the company to meet substantially all of its
production requirements. The term of the contract extends to at least December
31, 2002. The company retains the right to acquire scrap from other sources if
certain business conditions are present.

     The company purchases its electricity consumed at its wholly-owned Butler
facilities pursuant to a contract, which extends through December 2007. The
contract designates 170 hours as "interruptible service" during 2002 and these
interruptible hours further decrease annually through expiration of the
agreement. The contract also establishes an agreed fixed rate energy charge per
Mill/kWh consumed for each year through the expiration of the agreement. The
company has outstanding construction-related commitments of $78.2 million at
December 31, 2001, related to the structural and rail mill construction.

     During 1999, Steel Dynamics, together with a number of investment banks,
was sued for recissionary and compensatory damages of $240 million, as well as
punitive damages and attorney fees, in various state and federal courts in 9
separate but related lawsuits. The lawsuits were brought by institutional
purchasers in a 1998 note offering by certain investment banks on behalf of
Nakornthai Strip Mill Public Co. Limited, the owner and operator of a steel
mini-mill in Thailand for whom Steel Dynamics agreed to render certain post-
offering technical and operational advisory services.

     During the second and third quarters of 2001, the company settled seven of
the nine pending lawsuits, and in the first quarter of 2002, the company settled
an eighth suit, in each case without any admission of liability and, to the
extent of any monetary payments, except for approximately $2.3 million, for
amounts provided by our insurance carriers and within applicable insurance
coverage. The remaining lawsuit is a consolidated Minnesota federal court case
involving claims for approximately $48 million in compensatory damages; together
with claims for interest and attorney's fees and punitive damages. Discovery has
been substantially completed. The company maintains that it was engaged solely
to provide post-offering technical and operational advice and consultation
services, that it was not an issuer, guarantor, underwriter or seller of any of

                                       F-16

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the notes, and that it did not draft any of the offering materials. While the
company believes that it has meritorious legal and factual defenses to these
claims, and is vigorously defending itself in the remaining related action, and
while the company believes that it also has meritorious claims against one or
more of the other co-defendants for some or all of the plaintiffs' claims, there
can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome with respect to the remaining
lawsuit or that the company will not be found liable for all of the claimed
damages in that case. The company has expended all of its available insurance
coverage, and any settlement of this case, to the extent of any monetary
payments, or if the case is tried, the amount of any judgment, will not be
covered by insurance and will impact the company's earnings.

NOTE 8.  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATED COMPANIES

     The company sells various flat rolled products to Heidtman and purchases
steel scrap resources from OmniSource, both of which are affiliated companies.
The president and chief executive officer of Heidtman is a member of the
company's board of directors and Heidtman is a stockholder of the company. The
chairman of the board of directors of OmniSource is also a member of the
company's board of directors and is a stockholder of the company. Transactions
with these affiliated companies for the years ended December 31 are as follows
(in millions):



                                          2001                      2000                      1999
                                 -----------------------   -----------------------   -----------------------
                                            PERCENTAGE                PERCENTAGE                PERCENTAGE
                                 AMOUNT   OF TOTAL SALES   AMOUNT   OF TOTAL SALES   AMOUNT   OF TOTAL SALES
                                 ------   --------------   ------   --------------   ------   --------------
                                                                            
Sales:
  Heidtman.....................  $112.3         18%        $142.8         21%        $120.1         19%
Accounts receivable:
  Heidtman.....................    16.3                      20.1                      12.0
Purchases:
  OmniSource...................   177.5                     179.7                     154.3
Accounts payable:
  OmniSource...................    11.0                       9.1                      17.1


NOTE 9.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The carrying amounts of financial instruments including cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value,
because of the relatively short maturity of these instruments. The carrying
value of long-term debt, including the current portion, approximates fair value
due the interest being determined by variable rates, repricing periodically. The
fair value of the interest rate swap agreement was estimated to be a liability
of $8.8 million and $4.0 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
The fair values are estimated by the use of quoted market prices, estimates
obtained from brokers, and other appropriate valuation techniques based on
references available.

NOTE 10.  RETIREMENT PLANS

     The company sponsors a 401(k) retirement savings and profit sharing plan
for eligible employees, which is a "qualified plan" for federal income tax
purposes. The company's total expense for the plan was $424,000, $4.6 million
and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999,
respectively.

NOTE 11.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

     The company has two reportable segments: steel operations and steel scrap
substitute operations. The steel operations segment includes the company's flat
rolled division and structural and rail division. The flat rolled division sells
a broad range of hot-rolled, cold-rolled and coated steel products, including a
large variety

                                       F-17

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

of specialty products such as thinner gauge hot-rolled products and galvanized
products. The flat rolled division sells directly to end-users and service
centers located primarily in the Midwestern United States and these products are
used in numerous industry sectors, including the automotive, construction and
commercial industries. The company began significant construction of its
structural and rail division in May 2001 and anticipates the commencement of
structural steel production during the second quarter of 2002 and rail
production during the first quarter of 2003. This facility is designed to
produce and sell structural steel beams, pilings, and other steel components
directly to end-users and service centers for the construction, transportation
and industrial machinery markets. This facility is also designed to produce and
sell a variety of standard and premium grade rails for the railroad industry.

     Steel scrap substitute operations include the revenues and expenses
associated with the company's wholly owned subsidiary, Iron Dynamics. Since
1997, IDI has attempted to develop and commercialize a pioneering process to
produce liquid pig iron, a substitute for a portion of the solid pig iron and
steel scrap used in the production processes of the company's flat rolled
division and structural and rail division. During 1999, IDI commenced initial
start-up and produced and sold a minimal amount of liquid pig iron to the
company's flat roll division; however, it was determined that IDI would require
certain design and equipment modifications to attain its fully intended
operating functionality. These modifications occurred during the second half of
2000 with completion and restart occurring in the first quarter of 2001.
However, while IDI believed that many of the design and equipment deficiencies
were corrected with these modifications, the company halted operations at IDI
during July 2001 with no specific date set for resumption of actual production,
as a result of higher than expected start-up and process refinement costs, lower
than expected production quantities, exceptionally high energy costs and
historically low steel scrap pricing. Since operations were halted in 2001,
IDI's costs are composed of those expenses required to maintain the facility and
further evaluate the project and its related benefits.

     Revenues included in the category "All Other" are from two subsidiary
operations that are below the quantitative thresholds required for reportable
segments. These revenues are from the fabrication of trusses, girders, steel
joist and steel decking for the non-residential construction industry; from the
further processing, or slitting, and sale of certain steel products; and from
the resale of certain secondary and excess steel products. In addition, "All
Other" also includes certain unallocated corporate accounts, such as the
company's senior secured credit facilities, senior unsecured notes, and certain
other investments.

     The company's operations are primarily organized and managed by operating
segment. Operating segment performance and resource allocations are primarily
based on operating results before income taxes. The accounting policies of the
reportable segments are consistent with those described in Note 1 to the
financial statements. Intersegment sales and any related profits are eliminated
in consolidation. The external net sales of the company's steel operations
include sales to non-U.S. companies of $8.0 million, $10.3 million and $8.5
million, for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The
company's segment results are as follows (in thousands):



                                                               2001         2000        1999
                                                            ----------   ----------   --------
                                                                             
STEEL OPERATIONS
Net sales
  External................................................  $  541,693   $  679,137   $618,821
  Other segments..........................................      33,462        5,548         --
Operating income..........................................      49,537      138,180    111,977
Depreciation and amortization.............................      43,852       43,923     38,577
Assets....................................................     890,504      867,075    837,645
Liabilities...............................................      95,251       85,759     98,582
Capital expenditures......................................      83,399       64,611    107,382


                                       F-18

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



                                                               2001         2000        1999
                                                            ----------   ----------   --------
                                                                             
STEEL SCRAP SUBSTITUTE OPERATIONS
Net sales
  External................................................  $       --   $       --   $     --
  Other segments..........................................       4,660        5,752      1,171
Operating loss............................................     (14,203)     (12,477)   (13,504)
Depreciation and amortization.............................       1,274          785        583
Assets....................................................     155,415      148,897    121,097
Liabilities...............................................      64,670       71,195     72,526
Capital expenditures......................................       4,619       21,622     14,596
ALL OTHER
Net sales
  External................................................  $   65,291   $   13,486   $     --
  Other segments..........................................         909           --         --
Operating loss............................................      (8,808)     (22,391)   (13,591)
Depreciation and amortization.............................       1,668          735        109
Assets....................................................     211,704      121,665     93,771
Liabilities...............................................     674,871      558,380    488,241
Capital expenditures......................................       2,696       24,146      4,695
ELIMINATIONS
Net sales
  External................................................  $       --   $       --   $     --
  Other segments..........................................     (39,031)     (11,300)    (1,171)
Operating income (loss)...................................        (601)       2,091      3,869
Depreciation and amortization.............................          --           --         --
Assets....................................................     (77,525)     (70,563)   (60,957)
Liabilities...............................................     (73,269)     (67,044)   (59,163)
Capital expenditures......................................          --           --         --
CONSOLIDATED
Net sales.................................................  $  606,984   $  692,623   $618,821
Operating income..........................................      25,925      105,403     88,751
Depreciation and amortization.............................      46,794       45,443     39,269
Assets....................................................   1,180,098    1,067,074    991,556
Liabilities...............................................     761,523      648,290    600,186
Capital expenditures......................................      90,714      110,379    126,673


                                       F-19

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 12.  CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING INFORMATION

     SDI Investment company (SDI Investment) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of SDI
and was incorporated in 2000. SDI Investment has fully and unconditionally
guaranteed all of the indebtedness relating to the issuance of $200.0 million of
Senior Notes issued in March 2002 and due 2009. Set forth below are condensed
consolidating financial statements of the company, including SDI Investment, as
the guarantor, presented for the information of each of the company's public
note holders.

     The following condensed consolidating financial statements present the
financial position, results of operations and cash flows of (i) SDI (in each
case, reflecting investments in its consolidated subsidiaries under the equity
method of accounting, (ii) SDI Investment, as the guarantor, (iii) the
non-guarantor subsidiaries of SDI, and (iv) the eliminations necessary to arrive
at the information for the company on a consolidated basis. The condensed
consolidating financial statements should be read in conjunction with the
accompanying consolidated financial statements of the company.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET (IN THOUSANDS):



                                                               COMBINED      CONSOLIDATING      TOTAL
                                     PARENT     GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTORS    ADJUSTMENTS    CONSOLIDATED
                                   ----------   ---------   --------------   -------------   ------------
                                                         (AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001)
                                                                              
Cash.............................  $   77,407    $   83        $    751        $      --      $   78,241
Accounts receivable..............      78,461        --          10,375           (6,957)         81,879
Inventories......................     100,709        --          17,680              (21)        118,368
Other current assets.............      32,973       (16)          1,095             (336)         33,716
                                   ----------    ------        --------        ---------      ----------
     Total current assets........     289,550        67          29,901           (7,314)        312,204
Property, plant and equipment,
  net............................     703,896        --         148,270             (105)        852,061
Other assets.....................      90,044     7,822           1,405          (83,438)         15,833
                                   ----------    ------        --------        ---------      ----------
     Total assets................  $1,083,490    $7,889        $179,576        $ (90,857)     $1,180,098
                                   ==========    ======        ========        =========      ==========
Accounts payable.................  $   40,081    $    1        $  8,204        $  (6,957)     $   41,329
Accrued expenses.................      28,165        --           2,585               (1)         30,749
Current maturities of long-term
  debt...........................       2,337        --          43,696               --          46,033
                                   ----------    ------        --------        ---------      ----------
     Total current liabilities...      70,583         1          54,485           (6,958)        118,111
Other liabilities................      61,308        --           2,728           20,716          84,752
Long-term debt...................     532,350        --          21,876             (335)        553,891
Minority interest................         639        --              --            4,130           4,769
Common stock.....................         495         1         133,351         (133,352)            495
Treasury stock...................     (46,526)       --              --               --         (46,526)
Additional paid in capital.......     337,733        16              --              (16)        337,733
Retained earnings................     132,264     7,871         (32,864)          24,958         132,229
Other accumulated comprehensive
  loss...........................      (5,356)       --              --               --          (5,356)
                                   ----------    ------        --------        ---------      ----------
     Total stockholders'
       equity....................     418,610     7,888         100,487         (108,410)        418,575
                                   ----------    ------        --------        ---------      ----------
     Total liabilities and
       stockholders' equity......  $1,083,490    $7,889        $179,576        $ (90,857)     $1,180,098
                                   ==========    ======        ========        =========      ==========


                                       F-20

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET (IN THOUSANDS):



                                                              COMBINED      CONSOLIDATING      TOTAL
                                     PARENT    GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTORS    ADJUSTMENTS    CONSOLIDATED
                                    --------   ---------   --------------   -------------   ------------
                                                         (AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2000)
                                                                             
Cash..............................  $  8,924    $    40       $  1,220        $     --       $   10,184
Accounts receivable...............    99,813         --          6,299          (3,126)         102,986
Inventories.......................    93,907         --         12,929             (91)         106,745
Other current assets..............    19,986         --          2,712              --           22,698
                                    --------    -------       --------        --------       ----------
     Total current assets.........   222,630         40         23,160          (3,217)         242,613
Property, plant and equipment,
  net.............................   662,615         --        144,707                          807,322
Other assets......................   113,688     24,986        (51,350)        (70,185)          17,139
                                    --------    -------       --------        --------       ----------
     Total assets.................  $998,933    $25,026       $116,517        $(73,402)      $1,067,074
                                    ========    =======       ========        ========       ==========
Accounts payable..................  $ 22,972    $     3       $  8,139        $ (3,126)      $   27,988
Accrued expenses..................    28,345         --          3,321              --           31,666
Current maturities of long-term
  debt............................     2,153         --         14,891              --           17,044
                                    --------    -------       --------        --------       ----------
     Total current liabilities....    53,470          3         26,351          (3,126)          76,698
Other liabilities.................    81,114         --             --         (29,087)          52,027
Long-term debt....................   444,666         --         70,810              --          515,476
Minority interest.................       661         --             --           3,428            4,089
Common stock......................       493          1         41,666         (41,667)             493
Treasury stock....................   (46,526)        --             --              --          (46,526)
Additional paid in capital........   335,732         16             --             (16)         335,732
Retained earnings.................   129,323     25,006        (22,310)         (2,934)         129,085
                                    --------    -------       --------        --------       ----------
     Total stockholders' equity...   419,022     25,023         19,356         (44,617)         418,784
                                    --------    -------       --------        --------       ----------
     Total liabilities and
       stockholders' equity.......  $998,933    $25,026       $116,517        $(73,402)      $1,067,074
                                    ========    =======       ========        ========       ==========


                                       F-21

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME (IN THOUSANDS):



                                                              COMBINED      CONSOLIDATING      TOTAL
                                     PARENT    GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTORS    ADJUSTMENTS    CONSOLIDATED
                                    --------   ---------   --------------   -------------   ------------
                                                       (YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001)
                                                                             
Net sales.........................  $575,156   $     --       $70,859         $(39,031)       $606,984
Cost of goods sold................   498,707         --        63,216          (38,996)        522,927
                                    --------   --------       -------         --------        --------
  Gross profit....................    76,449         --         7,643              (35)         84,057
Selling, general and
  administration..................    38,872         15        19,245               --          58,132
                                    --------   --------       -------         --------        --------
Operating income (loss)...........    37,577        (15)      (11,602)             (35)         25,925
Interest expense..................    14,405         --         4,075               --          18,480
Other (income) expense............    37,698    (35,353)          (12)              --           2,333
                                    --------   --------       -------         --------        --------
Income (loss) before income taxes
  and equity in net loss of
  subsidiaries....................   (14,526)    35,338       (15,665)             (35)          5,112
Income tax expense................    (4,405)    12,404        (6,031)              --           1,968
                                    --------   --------       -------         --------        --------
                                     (10,121)    22,934        (9,634)             (35)          3,144
Equity in net income of
  subsidiaries....................    13,300         --            --          (13,300)             --
                                    --------   --------       -------         --------        --------
Net income (loss).................  $  3,179   $ 22,934       $(9,634)        $(13,335)       $  3,144
                                    ========   ========       =======         ========        ========




                                                              COMBINED      CONSOLIDATING      TOTAL
                                     PARENT    GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTORS    ADJUSTMENTS    CONSOLIDATED
                                    --------   ---------   --------------   -------------   ------------
                                                       (YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000)
                                                                             
Net sales.........................  $684,684   $     --       $ 14,052        $ (6,113)       $692,623
Cost of goods sold................   527,008         --         12,781          (5,875)        533,914
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
  Gross profit....................   157,676         --          1,271            (238)        158,709
Selling, general and
  administration..................    36,514         18         16,774              --          53,306
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
Operating income (loss)...........   121,162        (18)       (15,503)           (238)        105,403
Interest expense..................    19,283         --            916              --          20,199
Other (income) expense............    39,208    (38,489)            --              --             719
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
Income (loss) before income taxes
  and equity in net loss of
  subsidiaries....................    62,671     38,471        (16,419)           (238)         84,485
Income tax expense................    23,416     13,465         (6,191)             --          30,690
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
                                      39,255     25,006        (10,228)           (238)         53,795
Equity in net income of
  subsidiaries....................    14,778         --             --         (14,778)             --
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
Net income (loss).................  $ 54,033   $ 25,006       $(10,228)       $(15,016)       $ 53,795
                                    ========   ========       ========        ========        ========


                                       F-22

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



                                                               COMBINED      CONSOLIDATING      TOTAL
                                      PARENT    GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTORS    ADJUSTMENTS    CONSOLIDATED
                                     --------   ---------   --------------   -------------   ------------
                                                        (YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999)
                                                                              
Net sales..........................  $618,821     $  --        $     --         $   --         $618,821
Cost of goods sold.................   487,629        --              --             --          487,629
                                     --------     -----        --------         ------         --------
  Gross profit.....................   131,192        --              --             --          131,192
Selling, general and
  administration...................    28,334        --          14,107             --           42,441
                                     --------     -----        --------         ------         --------
Operating income (loss)............   102,858        --         (14,107)            --           88,751
Interest expense...................    22,178        --              --             --           22,178
Other (income) expense.............     1,294        --              --             --            1,294
                                     --------     -----        --------         ------         --------
Income (loss) before income taxes
  and equity in net loss of
  subsidiaries.....................    79,386        --         (14,107)            --           65,279
Income tax expense.................    31,494        --          (5,645)            --           25,849
                                     --------     -----        --------         ------         --------
                                       47,892        --          (8,462)            --           39,430
Equity in net loss of
  subsidiaries.....................    (8,462)       --              --          8,462               --
                                     --------     -----        --------         ------         --------
Net income (loss)..................  $ 39,430     $  --        $ (8,462)        $8,462         $ 39,430
                                     ========     =====        ========         ======         ========


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS):



                                                                           COMBINED         TOTAL
                                                 PARENT     GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTORS   CONSOLIDATED
                                                ---------   ---------   --------------   ------------
                                                           (YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001)
                                                                             
Net cash provided by (used in) operations.....  $  53,101    $35,086       $(20,814)      $  67,373
Net cash used in investing
  activities -- primarily purchases of
  property, plant and equipment...............    (84,632)        --         (6,078)        (90,710)
Financing activities:
  Issuance of long-term debt..................    192,834         --          8,528         201,362
  Repayments of long-term debt................   (105,299)        --         (6,672)       (111,971)
  Other.......................................     12,479    (35,043)        24,567           2,003
                                                ---------    -------       --------       ---------
Net cash provided by financing activities.....    100,014    (35,043)        26,423          91,394
                                                ---------    -------       --------       ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents.................................     68,483         43           (469)         68,057
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  year........................................      8,924         40          1,220          10,184
                                                ---------    -------       --------       ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year......  $  77,407    $    83       $    751       $  78,241
                                                =========    =======       ========       =========


                                       F-23

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



                                                                           COMBINED         TOTAL
                                                  PARENT    GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTORS   CONSOLIDATED
                                                 --------   ---------   --------------   ------------
                                                            (YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000)
                                                                             
Net cash provided by (used in) operations......  $122,198      $23         $(19,429)      $ 102,792
Net cash used in investing
  activities -- primarily purchases of
  property, plant and equipment................   (68,926)      --          (40,473)       (109,399)
Financing activities:
  Issuance of long-term debt...................    48,997       --           19,920          68,917
  Repayments of long-term debt.................   (38,958)      --           (3,402)        (42,360)
  Purchase of treasury stock...................   (26,876)      --               --         (26,876)
  Other........................................   (42,402)      17           42,880             495
                                                 --------      ---         --------       ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities...................................   (59,239)      17           59,398             176
                                                 --------      ---         --------       ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents..................................    (5,967)      40             (504)         (6,431)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  year.........................................    14,891       --            1,724          16,615
                                                 --------      ---         --------       ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.......  $  8,924      $40         $  1,220       $  10,184
                                                 ========      ===         ========       =========




                                                                           COMBINED         TOTAL
                                                 PARENT     GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTORS   CONSOLIDATED
                                                ---------   ---------   --------------   ------------
                                                           (YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999)
                                                                             
Net cash provided by (used in) operations.....  $ 131,568      $--         $(16,789)      $ 114,779
Net cash used in investing
  activities -- primarily purchases of
  property, plant and equipment...............   (108,298)     --           (18,001)       (126,299)
Financing activities:
  Issuance of long-term debt..................     35,790      --             4,252          40,042
  Repayments of long-term debt................    (17,757)     --              (268)        (18,025)
  Other.......................................    (31,180)     --            32,055             875
                                                ---------      --          --------       ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities..................................    (13,147)     --            36,039          22,892
                                                ---------      --          --------       ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents.................................     10,123      --             1,249          11,372
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  year........................................      4,768      --               475           5,243
                                                ---------      --          --------       ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year......  $  14,891      $--         $  1,724       $  16,615
                                                =========      ==          ========       =========


                                       F-24

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 13.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
SHARE DATA)



                                                  1ST QUARTER   2ND QUARTER   3RD QUARTER   4TH QUARTER
                                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                
2001:
Net sales.......................................   $154,086      $157,639      $156,807      $138,452
Gross profit....................................     25,563        25,499        21,919        11,076
Operating income................................     11,761         7,323         9,098        (2,257)
Net income......................................      4,383         1,953         2,122        (5,314)
Earnings per share:
  Basic.........................................        .10           .04           .05          (.12)
  Diluted.......................................        .10           .04           .05          (.12)
2000:
Net sales.......................................   $189,172      $190,737      $160,265      $152,449
Gross profit....................................     44,011        51,942        35,762        26,994
Operating income................................     30,161        37,012        23,577        14,653
Net income......................................     15,249        19,059        12,383         7,104
Earnings per share:
  Basic.........................................        .32           .40           .27           .16
  Diluted.......................................        .32           .40           .27           .16


     Earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters
presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share may not equal
the total for the year.

                                       F-25


                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS



                                                               MARCH 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 2002           2001
                                                              -----------   ------------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS,
                                                                  EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                                                                      
                                         ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $   32,319     $   78,241
  Accounts receivable, net..................................      68,508         65,589
  Accounts receivable -- related parties....................      17,820         16,290
  Inventories...............................................     112,356        118,368
  Deferred income taxes.....................................      21,966         24,600
  Other current assets......................................       3,996          9,116
                                                              ----------     ----------
          Total current assets..............................     256,965        312,204
PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT, NET.........................     872,538        852,061
RESTRICTED CASH.............................................       3,311          3,030
OTHER ASSETS................................................      22,760         12,803
                                                              ----------     ----------
          TOTAL ASSETS......................................  $1,155,574     $1,180,098
                                                              ==========     ==========

                          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable..........................................  $   33,153     $   30,228
  Accounts payable -- related parties.......................      17,383         11,101
  Accrued interest..........................................       2,204          4,052
  Other accrued expenses....................................      27,799         26,697
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................       8,870         46,033
                                                              ----------     ----------
     Total current liabilities..............................      89,409        118,111
LONG-TERM DEBT, LESS CURRENT MATURITIES.....................     536,801        553,891
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.......................................      58,427         62,765
MINORITY INTEREST...........................................       5,025          4,769
OTHER LONG-TERM CONTINGENT LIABILITIES......................      21,987         21,987
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock voting, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares
     authorized; 49,706,131 and 49,586,473 shares issued;
     and 47,320,217 and 45,743,473 shares outstanding, as of
     March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, respectively.....         497            495
  Treasury stock, at cost; 2,385,914 and 3,843,000 shares,
     at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001,
     respectively...........................................     (28,889)       (46,526)
  Additional paid-in capital................................     343,197        337,733
  Retained earnings.........................................     133,869        132,229
  Other accumulated comprehensive loss......................      (4,749)        (5,356)
                                                              ----------     ----------
          Total stockholders' equity........................     443,925        418,575
                                                              ----------     ----------
          TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY........  $1,155,574     $1,180,098
                                                              ==========     ==========


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-26


                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

                  UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME



                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      MARCH 31,
                                                              -------------------------
                                                                 2002          2001
                                                              -----------   -----------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
                                                                     SHARE DATA)
                                                                      
NET SALES:
  Unrelated parties.........................................   $139,149      $129,266
  Related parties...........................................     27,754        24,820
                                                               --------      --------
          Total net sales...................................    166,903       154,086
Cost of goods sold..........................................    139,529       128,523
                                                               --------      --------
Gross profit................................................     27,374        25,563
Selling, general and administrative expenses................     13,088        13,802
                                                               --------      --------
     Operating income.......................................     14,286        11,761
Interest expense............................................      4,265         4,839
Other (income) expense......................................      4,153          (204)
                                                               --------      --------
     Income before income taxes and extraordinary item......      5,868         7,126
Income tax expense..........................................      2,200         2,743
                                                               --------      --------
     Income before extraordinary item.......................      3,668         4,383
Extraordinary loss on debt extinguishment, net of tax
  benefit of $1,216.........................................      2,028            --
                                                               --------      --------
Net income..................................................   $  1,640      $  4,383
                                                               ========      ========
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Income before extraordinary items...........................   $   0.08      $   0.10
     Extraordinary item.....................................      (0.04)           --
                                                               --------      --------
Net income..................................................   $   0.04      $   0.10
                                                               ========      ========
Weighted average number of shares outstanding...............     46,045        45,511
                                                               ========      ========
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Income before extraordinary items...........................   $   0.08      $   0.10
     Extraordinary item.....................................      (0.04)           --
                                                               --------      --------
Net income..................................................   $   0.04      $   0.10
                                                               ========      ========
Weighted average number of shares outstanding...............     46,348        45,710
                                                               ========      ========


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-27


                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

                UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS



                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   MARCH 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                2002        2001
                                                              ---------   --------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                    
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income................................................  $   1,640   $  4,383
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
     by operating activities:
     Extraordinary loss on debt extinguishment..............      3,244         --
     Depreciation and amortization..........................     13,833     11,551
     Deferred income taxes..................................     (1,704)       894
     Minority interest......................................        256        413
     Changes in certain assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable..................................     (4,449)    (2,526)
       Inventories..........................................      6,012     (7,742)
       Other assets.........................................      4,588      4,869
       Accounts payable.....................................      9,207     10,130
       Accrued expenses.....................................       (139)    (4,008)
                                                              ---------   --------
          Net cash provided by operating activities.........     32,489     17,964
                                                              ---------   --------
INVESTING ACTIVITY:
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment.................    (33,759)   (10,353)
                                                              ---------   --------
          Net cash used in investing activity...............    (33,759)   (10,353)
                                                              ---------   --------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Issuance of long-term debt................................    476,149      6,299
  Repayments of long-term debt..............................   (508,403)   (18,916)
  Issuance of common stock, net of expenses and proceeds and
     tax benefits from exercise of stock options............      1,103        342
  Debt issuance costs.......................................    (13,501)        --
                                                              ---------   --------
          Net cash used in financing activities.............    (44,652)   (12,275)
                                                              ---------   --------
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents.......................    (45,922)    (4,664)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............     78,241     10,184
                                                              ---------   --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..................  $  32,319   $  5,520
                                                              =========   ========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest......................................  $   6,187   $  9,614
                                                              =========   ========
Cash paid for federal and state income taxes................  $     110   $    540
                                                              =========   ========
Issuance of common stock from treasury to extinguish portion
  of long-term debt.........................................  $  22,000   $     --
                                                              =========   ========


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-28


                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     Principles of Consolidation.  The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of Steel Dynamics, Inc. (SDI), together with its subsidiaries (the
company) after elimination of the significant intercompany accounts and
transactions. Minority interest represents the minority shareholders'
proportionate share in the equity or income of the company's consolidated
subsidiaries.

     Use of Estimates.  These financial statements are prepared in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles and, accordingly, include amounts
that are based on management's estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts
reported in the financial statements and in the notes thereto. Actual results
may differ from those estimates.

     In the opinion of management, these financial statements reflect all normal
recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the interim period
results. These financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with
the audited financial statements included in the company's 2001 Annual Report on
Form 10-K.

Recent Accounting Pronouncement.

     In April 2002, SFAS No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and
64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections," (SFAS No.
145) was issued. This Statement, among other things, rescinds SFAS No. 4, which
required all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt to be aggregated and,
if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of related income tax
effect. The company intends to adopt SFAS No. 145 when required in fiscal 2003.
Upon adoption, any gain or loss on extinguishment of debt that was classified as
an extraordinary item in prior periods presented that does not meet the criteria
in APB Opinion No. 30 for classification as an extraordinary item, will be
reclassified. Management has determined that the adoption of SFAS No. 145 will
not have a material effect on the company's consolidated financial statements.

2.  INVENTORIES

     Inventories are stated at lower of cost (principally standard cost which
approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis) or market. Inventories
consisted of the following (in thousands):



                                                              MARCH 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                2002          2001
                                                              ---------   ------------
                                                                    
Raw Materials...............................................  $ 39,116      $ 44,807
Supplies....................................................    42,384        42,258
Work-in-progress............................................    11,272         8,512
Finished Goods..............................................    19,584        22,791
                                                              --------      --------
                                                              $112,356      $118,368
                                                              ========      ========


3.  EARNINGS PER SHARE

     Diluted earnings per share amounts are based upon the weighted average
number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during the year.
Common equivalent shares are excluded from the computation in periods in which
they have an anti-dilutive effect. The difference between basic and diluted
earnings per share for the company is solely attributable to the dilutive effect
of stock options. The

                                       F-29

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

reconciliations of the weighted average common shares for basic and diluted
earnings per share for the three months ended March 31 are as follows (in
thousands):



                                                               2002     2001
                                                              ------   ------
                                                                 
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding............  46,045   45,511
Dilutive effect of stock options............................     303      199
                                                              ------   ------
Diluted weighted average common shares and share equivalents
  outstanding...............................................  46,348   45,710
                                                              ======   ======


4.  COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     The following table presents the company's components of comprehensive
income, net of related tax, for the three months ended March 31 (in thousands):



                                                               2002     2001
                                                              ------   -------
                                                                 
Net income available to common shareholders.................  $1,640   $ 4,383
  Cumulative effect of an accounting change.................      --    (2,468)
  Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instrument...........     607    (1,503)
                                                              ------   -------
Comprehensive income........................................  $2,247   $   412
                                                              ======   =======


     The company recorded a gain from hedging activities of approximately
$45,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2002, and a loss of approximately
$88,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2001.

5.  LONG TERM DEBT

     On March 26, 2002, the company refinanced its existing $450.0 million
senior secured credit facility and its $45.0 million senior unsecured credit
facility with the following:

     - $75.0 million in the form of a five-year revolving credit facility,
       maturing March 26, 2007, which is subject to a borrowing base and bears
       interest at floating rates;

     - $70.0 million in the form of a five-year term A loan, payable in
       quarterly installments beginning June 26, 2003, with the final
       installment due March 26, 2007, and bearing interest at floating rates;

     - $205.0 million in the form of a six-year term B loan, payable in
       quarterly installments beginning June 26, 2003, with the final
       installment due March 26, 2008, and bearing interest at floating rates;
       and

     - $200.0 million in the form of 9.50% seven-year senior unsecured notes due
       March 15, 2009 (non-callable for four years), with interest payable
       semiannually.

     The new $350.0 million senior secured credit facility is secured by liens
and mortgages on substantially all of the personal and real property assets of
the company and its wholly owned subsidiaries and by pledges of all shares of
capital stock and intercompany debt held by the company and its wholly owned
subsidiaries. The new senior secured credit facility contains financial
covenants and other covenants that limit or restrict the company with respect to
its ability to make capital expenditures, incur indebtedness, and make
restricted payments or investments, among other things.

     The $200.0 million 9.50% senior unsecured notes have a maturity of seven
years. The company may redeem the notes at any time on or after March 15, 2006,
at a redemption price of 104.750%, on or after March 15, 2007, at a redemption
price of 102.275%, and on or thereafter March 15, 2008, at a redemption price of
100.000%. In addition, at any time prior to March 15, 2005, the company may
redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the notes with the net cash proceeds
of its common stock at a redemption price of 109.500% plus accrued interest up
to the redemption date, provided that certain other restrictions as described

                                       F-30

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

in the indenture are met. The notes bear interest at 9.50%, payable semiannually
on each March 15 and September 15, commencing September 15, 2002.

6.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

     The company has two reportable segments:  steel operations and steel scrap
substitute operations. The steel operations segment includes the company's flat
rolled division and structural and rail division. The flat rolled division sells
a broad range of hot-rolled, cold-rolled and coated steel products, including a
large variety of specialty products such as thinner gauge hot-rolled products
and galvanized products. The flat rolled division sells directly to end-users
and service centers located primarily in the Midwestern United States and these
products are used in numerous industry sectors, including the automotive,
construction and commercial industries. The company began significant
construction of its structural and rail division in May 2001 and anticipates the
commencement of structural steel production during the second quarter of 2002
and rail production during the first quarter of 2003. This facility is designed
to produce and sell structural steel beams, pilings, and other steel components
directly to end-users and service centers for the construction, transportation
and industrial machinery markets. This facility is also designed to produce and
sell a variety of standard and premium grade rails for the railroad industry.

     Steel scrap substitute operations include the revenues and expenses
associated with the company's wholly owned subsidiary, Iron Dynamics. Since
operational start-up processes at Iron Dynamics were halted in 2001, IDI's costs
are composed of those expenses required to maintain the facility and further
evaluate the project and its related benefits.

     Revenues included in the category "All Other" are from two subsidiary
operations that are below the quantitative thresholds required for reportable
segments. These revenues are from the fabrication of trusses, girders, steel
joist and steel decking for the non-residential construction industry; from the
further processing, or slitting, and sale of certain steel products; and from
the resale of certain secondary and excess steel products. In addition, "All
Other" also includes certain unallocated corporate accounts, such as the
company's senior secured credit facilities, senior unsecured notes, and certain
other investments.

     The company's operations are primarily organized and managed by operating
segment. Operating segment performance and resource allocations are primarily
based on operating results before income taxes. The accounting policies of the
reportable segments are consistent with those described in Note 1 to the
financial statements. Intersegment sales and any related profits are eliminated
in consolidation. The external net sales of the company's steel operations
include sales to non-U.S. companies of $2.5 million and $1.6 million, for the
three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Segment results for
the three months ended March 31 are as follows (in thousands):



                                                                 2002         2001
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                                     
STEEL OPERATIONS
Net sales
  External..................................................  $  146,293   $  141,733
  Other segments............................................      11,182        5,076
Operating income............................................      19,359       18,579
Assets......................................................     915,623      866,693


                                       F-31

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



                                                                 2002         2001
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                                     
STEEL SCRAP SUBSTITUTE OPERATIONS
Net sales
  External..................................................  $       --   $
  Other segments............................................          --          603
Operating loss..............................................      (2,788)      (3,827)
Assets......................................................     154,245      151,200
ALL OTHER
Net sales
  External..................................................  $   20,610   $   12,353
  Other segments............................................         208           --
Operating loss..............................................      (1,851)      (2,737)
Assets......................................................     172,666      127,867
ELIMINATIONS
Net sales
  External..................................................  $       --   $       --
  Other segments............................................     (11,390)      (5,679)
Operating loss..............................................        (434)        (254)
Assets......................................................     (86,960)     (80,728)
CONSOLIDATED
Net sales...................................................  $  166,903   $  154,086
Operating income............................................      14,286       11,761
Assets......................................................   1,155,574    1,065,032


7.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     During 1999, Steel Dynamics, together with a number of investment banks,
was sued for recissionary and compensatory damages of $240 million, as well as
punitive damages and attorney fees, in various state and federal courts in 9
separate but related lawsuits. The lawsuits were brought by institutional
purchasers in a 1998 note offering by certain investment banks on behalf of
Nakornthai Strip Mill Public Co. Limited, the owner and operator of a steel
mini-mill in Thailand for whom Steel Dynamics agreed to render certain post-
offering technical and operational advisory services.

     During the second and third quarters of 2001, the company settled seven of
the nine pending lawsuits, and in the first quarter of 2002, the company settled
an eighth suit, in each case without any admission of liability and, to the
extent of any monetary payments, except for approximately $2.3 million (which
was appropriately recorded in the 2001 financial statements), for amounts
provided by our insurance carriers and within applicable insurance coverage. The
remaining lawsuit was settled May 6, 2002, without any admission of liability.

8.  CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING INFORMATION

     SDI Investment company (SDI Investment) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of SDI
and was incorporated in 2000. SDI Investment has fully and unconditionally
guaranteed all of the indebtedness relating to the issuance of $200.0 million of
Senior Notes issued in March 2002 and due 2009. Set forth below are condensed
consolidating financial statements of the company, including SDI Investment, as
the guarantor. The following condensed consolidating financial statements
present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows

                                       F-32

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

of (i) SDI (in each case, reflecting investments in its consolidated
subsidiaries under the equity method of accounting, (ii) SDI Investment, as the
guarantor, (iii) the non-guarantor subsidiaries of SDI, and (iv) the
eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for the company on a
consolidated basis. The condensed consolidating financial statements should be
read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements of
the company and the company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2001.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS (IN THOUSANDS):

AS OF MARCH 31, 2002



                                                               COMBINED      CONSOLIDATING      TOTAL
                                     PARENT     GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTORS    ADJUSTMENTS    CONSOLIDATED
                                   ----------   ---------   --------------   -------------   ------------
                                                                              
Cash.............................  $   29,793    $   116       $  2,410        $      --      $   32,319
Accounts receivable..............      82,377         --         10,789           (6,838)         86,328
Inventories......................      96,099         --         16,448             (191)        112,356
Other current assets.............      26,029         --            267             (334)         25,962
                                   ----------    -------       --------        ---------      ----------
  Total current assets...........     234,298        116         29,914           (7,363)        256,965
Property, plant and equipment,
  net............................     727,485         --        145,381             (328)        872,538
Other assets.....................     158,026     13,930            602         (146,487)         26,071
                                   ----------    -------       --------        ---------      ----------
  Total assets...................  $1,119,809    $14,046       $175,897        $(154,178)     $1,155,574
                                   ==========    =======       ========        =========      ==========
Accounts payable.................  $   48,855    $     1       $  8,518        $  (6,838)     $   50,536
Accrued expenses.................      27,810         --          2,193               --          30,003
Current maturities of long-term
  debt...........................       2,360         --          6,527              (17)          8,870
                                   ----------    -------       --------        ---------      ----------
  Total current liabilities......      79,025          1         17,238           (6,855)         89,409
Other liabilities................      78,884         --          1,564              (34)         80,414
Long-term debt...................     517,052         --         20,289             (540)        536,801
Minority interest................         627         --             --            4,398           5,025
Common stock.....................         497          1        171,401         (171,402)            497
Treasury stock...................     (28,889)        --             --               --         (28,889)
Additional paid in capital.......     343,197         16             --              (16)        343,197
Retained earnings................     134,165     14,028        (34,595)          20,271         133,869
Other accumulated comprehensive
  loss...........................      (4,749)        --             --               --          (4,749)
                                   ----------    -------       --------        ---------      ----------
  Total stockholders' equity.....     444,221     14,045        136,806         (151,147)        443,925
                                   ----------    -------       --------        ---------      ----------
  Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity........  $1,119,809    $14,046       $175,897        $(154,178)     $1,155,574
                                   ==========    =======       ========        =========      ==========


                                       F-33

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



                                                               COMBINED      CONSOLIDATING      TOTAL
                                     PARENT     GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTORS    ADJUSTMENTS    CONSOLIDATED
                                   ----------   ---------   --------------   -------------   ------------
                                                                              
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001
Cash.............................  $   77,407    $    83       $    751        $      --      $   78,241
Accounts receivable..............      78,461         --         10,375           (6,957)         81,879
Inventories......................     100,709         --         17,680              (21)        118,368
Other current assets.............      32,973        (16)         1,095             (336)         33,716
                                   ----------    -------       --------        ---------      ----------
  Total current assets...........     289,550         67         29,901           (7,314)        312,204
Property, plant and equipment,
  net............................     703,896         --        148,270             (105)        852,061
Other assets.....................      90,044      7,822          1,405          (83,438)         15,833
                                   ----------    -------       --------        ---------      ----------
  Total assets...................  $1,083,490    $ 7,889       $179,576        $ (90,857)     $1,180,098
                                   ==========    =======       ========        =========      ==========
Accounts payable.................  $   40,081    $     1       $  8,204        $  (6,957)     $   41,329
Accrued expenses.................      28,165         --          2,585               (1)         30,749
Current maturities of long-term
  debt...........................       2,337         --         43,696               --          46,033
                                   ----------    -------       --------        ---------      ----------
  Total current liabilities......      70,583          1         54,485           (6,958)        118,111
Other liabilities................      61,308         --          2,728           20,716          84,752
Long-term debt...................     532,350         --         21,876             (335)        553,891
Minority interest................         639         --             --            4,130           4,769
Common stock.....................         495          1        133,351         (133,352)            495
Treasury stock...................     (46,526)        --             --               --         (46,526)
Additional paid in capital.......     337,733         16             --              (16)        337,733
Retained earnings................     132,264      7,871        (32,864)          24,958         132,229
Other accumulated comprehensive
  loss...........................      (5,356)        --             --               --          (5,356)
                                   ----------    -------       --------        ---------      ----------
  Total stockholders' equity.....     418,610      7,888        100,487         (108,410)        418,575
                                   ----------    -------       --------        ---------      ----------
  Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity........  $1,083,490    $ 7,889       $179,576        $ (90,857)     $1,180,098
                                   ==========    =======       ========        =========      ==========


                                       F-34

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS (IN THOUSANDS):

FOR THE THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31, 2002



                                                              COMBINED      CONSOLIDATING      TOTAL
                                     PARENT    GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTORS    ADJUSTMENTS    CONSOLIDATED
                                    --------   ---------   --------------   -------------   ------------
                                                                             
Net sales.........................  $157,475   $     --       $ 20,818        $(11,390)       $166,903
Cost of goods sold................   131,014         --         19,735         (11,220)        139,529
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
  Gross profit....................    26,461         --          1,083            (170)         27,374
Selling, general and
  administration..................    10,551          3          2,269             265          13,088
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
Operating income (loss)...........    15,910         (3)        (1,186)           (435)         14,286
Interest expense..................     3,381         --            888              (4)          4,265
Other (income) expense............    13,609     (9,489)            (3)             36           4,153
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
Income (loss) before income taxes,
  equity in net loss of
  subsidiaries and extraordinary
  item............................    (1,080)     9,486         (2,071)           (467)          5,868
Income taxes......................      (325)     3,330           (805)             --           2,200
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
  item and net loss of
  subsidiaries....................      (755)     6,156         (1,266)           (467)          3,668
Extraordinary loss on debt
  extinguishment, net of tax
  benefit of $1,216...............     1,564         --            464              --           2,028
Equity in net income of
  subsidiaries....................     4,426         --             --          (4,426)             --
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
Net income (loss).................  $  2,107   $  6,156       $ (1,730)       $ (4,893)       $  1,640
                                    ========   ========       ========        ========        ========
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
31, 2001
Net sales.........................  $146,809   $     --       $ 12,955        $ (5,678)       $154,086
Cost of goods sold................   123,791         --         10,448          (5,716)        128,523
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
  Gross profit....................    23,018         --          2,507              38          25,563
Selling, general and
  administration..................     8,538         13          5,251              --          13,802
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
Operating income (loss)...........    14,480        (13)        (2,744)             38          11,761
Interest expense..................     4,628         --            476            (265)          4,839
Other (income) expense............     8,591     (9,059)            --             264            (204)
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
Income (loss) before income taxes
  and equity in net loss of
  subsidiaries....................     1,261      9,046         (3,220)             39           7,126
Income taxes......................       796      3,175         (1,228)             --           2,743
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
                                         465      5,871         (1,992)             39           4,383
Equity in net income of
  subsidiaries....................     3,880         --             --          (3,880)             --
                                    --------   --------       --------        --------        --------
Net income (loss).................  $  4,345   $  5,871       $ (1,992)       $ (3,841)       $  4,385
                                    ========   ========       ========        ========        ========


                                       F-35

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS):

FOR THE THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31, 2002



                                                                           COMBINED         TOTAL
                                                  PARENT    GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTORS   CONSOLIDATED
                                                 --------   ---------   --------------   ------------
                                                                             
Net cash provided by operations................  $ 31,273   $     33       $  1,183        $ 32,489
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
  activities...................................   (35,037)        --          1,278         (33,759)
Net cash used in financing activities..........   (43,850)        --           (802)        (44,652)
                                                 --------   --------       --------        --------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents..................................   (47,614)        33          1,659         (45,922)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  year.........................................    77,407         83            751          78,241
                                                 --------   --------       --------        --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.......  $ 29,793   $    116       $  2,410        $ 32,319
                                                 ========   ========       ========        ========
FOR THE THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31, 2001
Net cash provided by (used in) operations......  $ (7,338)  $ 33,418       $ (8,116)       $ 17,964
Net cash used in investing activities..........    (6,551)        --         (3,802)        (10,353)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities...................................    10,217    (33,440)        10,948         (12,275)
                                                 --------   --------       --------        --------
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents..........    (3,672)       (22)          (970)         (4,664)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  year.........................................     8,924         40          1,220          10,184
                                                 --------   --------       --------        --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.......  $  5,252   $     18       $    250        $  5,520
                                                 ========   ========       ========        ========


                                       F-36


                          [STEEL DYNAMICS, INC. LOGO]


                                    PART II
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     Set forth below is a table of the registration fee for the Securities and
Exchange Commission, the filing fee for the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc., the listing fee for NASDAQ National Market and estimates of all
other expenses to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution
of the securities described in the Registration Statement, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions:


                                                           
SEC registration fee........................................  $16,100
NASD filing fee.............................................   18,000
NASDAQ listing fee..........................................   22,500
Printing and engraving expenses.............................        *
Legal fees and expenses.....................................        *
Accounting fees and expenses................................        *
Transfer agent and registrar fees...........................        *
Miscellaneous...............................................        *
                                                              -------
Total.......................................................  $     *
                                                              =======


---------------

* To be completed by amendment.

ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     As permitted by Chapter 37 of the Indiana Business Corporation Law, Article
IX of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provides that we shall
indemnify a director or officer against liability, including expenses and costs
of defense, incurred in any proceeding, if that individual was made a party to
the proceeding because the individual is or was a director or officer, or, at
our request, was serving as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether or not for profit, so long as the
individual's conduct was in good faith and with the reasonably belief, in
connection with the individual's "official capacity," that the conduct was in
our beset interests, or, in all other cases, that the conduct was at least not
opposed to our best interests. In the case of any criminal proceeding, the duty
to indemnify applies so long as the individual either had reasonable cause to
believe that the conduct was lawful, or had no reasonable cause to believe that
the conduct was unlawful. Conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan in
connection with a matter the individual believed to be in the best interests of
the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan is deemed conduct that
satisfies the indemnification standard that the individual reasonably believed
that the conduct was at least not opposed to our best interests.

     We may advance or reimburse for reasonable expenses incurred by a person
entitled to indemnification, in advance of final disposition, if the individual
furnishes us with a written affirmation of his or her good faith belief that the
applicable standard of conduct was observed, accompanied by a written
undertaking to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that the
applicable standards were not met.

     In all cases, whether in connection with advancement of expenses during a
proceeding, or afterward, we may not grant indemnification unless authorized in
the specific case after a determination has been made that indemnification is
permissible under the circumstances. The determination may be made either by our
board of directors, by majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors not at
the time parties to the proceeding, or, if a quorum cannot be so obtained, then
by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the board of directors
consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties to the
proceeding. Alternatively, the determination can be made by special legal
counsel selected by the board of directors or the committee, or by the
stockholders, excluding shares owned by or voted under the control of persons
who are at the time parties to the proceeding. In the event that a person
seeking indemnification believes that it has not been properly

                                       II-1


provided that person may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the
proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. In such a proceeding,
a court is empowered to grant indemnification if it determines that the person
is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all of the
relevant circumstances, whether or not the person met the standard of conduct
for indemnification.

     We may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of our directors,
officers, employees or agents, insuring against liability arising from his or
her status as a director, officer, employee, or agent, whether or not we would
have the power to indemnify the individual against the same liability under
Article IX.

     Article IX does not preclude us from providing indemnification in any other
manner.

     The indemnification provisions set forth in Article IX of the Amended and
Restated Articles of Incorporation, as well as the authority vested in our board
of directors by Chapter 37 of the Business Corporation Law to grant
indemnification beyond that which is described in Article IX, may be
sufficiently broad to provide indemnification of our directors and officers for
liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to
the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities, other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by
a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding, is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in
the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     We have obtained liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and
officers which provides coverage for losses of directors and officers for
liabilities arising out of claims against such persons acting as our officers or
directors, or any of our subsidiaries, due to any breach of duty, neglect,
error, misstatement, misleading statement, omission or act done by such
directors and officers, except as prohibited by law.

     The underwriting agreement (Exhibit 1.1) provides for indemnification by
the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain
liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

     (a) Exhibits



EXHIBIT
  NO.                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
-------                     ----------------------
      
 1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 4.1     Specimen stock certificate (incorporated by reference to the
         identically numbered exhibit in the Company's Registration
         Statement on Form 8-A, SEC File No. 96661016, filed November
         13, 1996).
 5.1*    Opinion of Barrett & McNagny LLP.
10.31    Registration Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1994, by and
         among Steel Dynamics Holdings, Inc. and the Stockholders
         named therein (incorporated by reference to the identically
         numbered exhibit in the Company's Registration Statement on
         Form S-1, SEC File No. 333-12521, filed September 23, 1996).
10.32    Amendment No. 1 to Registration Agreement (incorporated by
         reference to the identically numbered exhibit in the
         Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, SEC File No.
         333-12521, filed September 23, 1996).
10.33    Amendment No. 2 to Registration Agreement (incorporated by
         reference to the identically numbered exhibit in the
         Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, SEC File No.
         333-12521, filed September 23, 1996).


                                       II-2




EXHIBIT
  NO.                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
-------                     ----------------------
      
10.34    Amendment No. 3 to Registration Agreement (incorporated by
         reference to the identically numbered exhibit in the
         Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, SEC File No.
         333-12521, filed September 23, 1996).
23.1*    Consent of Barrett & McNagny LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2     Consent of independent auditors.
24.1     Power of attorney (included on the signature page to the
         registration statement).


---------------

* To be filed by amendment.

     (b) Financial Statement Schedules

     Schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or because the
required information is contained in the financial statements or notes thereto
included in this Registration Statement.

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 (the "Securities Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the
payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person
in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issues.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
     this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
     form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

          (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
     be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
     offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                       II-3


                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as a amended,
the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York on June 17, 2002.

                                          STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

                                          By:   /s/ TRACY L. SHELLABARGER
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                   Tracy L. Shellabarger
                                                  Chief Financial Officer

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints each of Keith E. Busse and Tracy L. Shellabarger,
or any of them, each acting alone, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and
agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and
in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, in connection with the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act of
1933, including to sign the Registration Statement in the name and on behalf of
the Registrant or on behalf of the undersigned as a director or officer of the
Registrant, and any and all amendments or supplements to the Registration
Statement, including any and all stickers and post-effective amendments to the
Registration Statement and to sign any and all additional registration
statements relating to the same offering of securities as those that are covered
by the Registration Statement that are filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the
Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and any applicable securities exchange or securities self-regulatory
body, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full
power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and
purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitutes or substitute, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated on this 17th day of June, 2002.



                     SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                     DATE
                     ---------                                      -----                     ----
                                                                                    

                /s/ KEITH E. BUSSE                   President, Chief Executive Officer   June 17, 2002
---------------------------------------------------            and a Director
                  Keith E. Busse


             /s/ TRACY L. SHELLABARGER                  Vice President of Finance and     June 17, 2002
---------------------------------------------------     Chief Financial Officer and a
               Tracy L. Shellabarger                              Director
                                                       (chief accounting and financial
                                                                  officer)


                /s/ MARK D. MILLETT                               Director                June 17, 2002
---------------------------------------------------
                  Mark D. Millett


             /s/ RICHARD P. TEETS, JR.                            Director                June 17, 2002
---------------------------------------------------
               Richard P. Teets, Jr.


                 /s/ JOHN C. BATES                                Director                June 17, 2002
---------------------------------------------------
                   John C. Bates


                                       II-4




                     SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                     DATE
                     ---------                                      -----                     ----

                                                                                    


                /s/ DR. JURGEN KOLB                               Director                June 17, 2002
---------------------------------------------------
                  Dr. Jurgen Kolb


               /s/ JOSEPH D. RUFFOLO                              Director                June 17, 2002
---------------------------------------------------
                 Joseph D. Ruffolo


              /s/ RICHARD J. FREELAND                             Director                June 17, 2002
---------------------------------------------------
                Richard J. Freeland


                /s/ JAMES E. KELLEY                               Director                June 17, 2002
---------------------------------------------------
                  James E. Kelley


                                       II-5


                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS



EXHIBIT
NUMBER                             EXHIBITS
-------                            --------
      
 1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 4.1     Specimen stock certificate (incorporated by reference to the
         identically numbered exhibit in the Company's Registration
         Statement on Form 8-A, SEC File No. 96661016, filed November
         13, 1996).
 5.1*    Opinion of Barrett & McNagny LLP.
10.31    Registration Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1994, by and
         among Steel Dynamics Holdings, Inc. and the Stockholders
         named therein (incorporated by reference to the identically
         numbered exhibit in the Company's Registration Statement on
         Form S-1, SEC File No. 333-12521, filed September 23, 1996).
10.32    Amendment No. 1 to Registration Agreement (incorporated by
         reference to the identically numbered exhibit in the
         Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, SEC File No.
         333-12521, filed September 23, 1996).
10.33    Amendment No. 2 to Registration Agreement (incorporated by
         reference to the identically numbered exhibit in the
         Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, SEC File No.
         333-12521, filed September 23, 1996).
10.34    Amendment No. 3 to Registration Agreement (incorporated by
         reference to the identically numbered exhibit in the
         Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, SEC File No.
         333-12521, filed September 23, 1996).
23.1*    Consent of Barrett & McNagny LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2     Consent of independent auditors.
24.1*    Power of attorney (included on the signature page to the
         registration statement).


---------------

* To be filed by amendment.